be_v before_o as_o to_o outward_a church_n privilege_n and_o profession_n which_o be_v the_o visible_a life_n of_o a_o church_n 8_o and_o their_o dead_a body_n i._n e._n these_o church_n anathematise_v and_o suppress_v shall_v lie_v unburied_a in_o the_o 30_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n i_o e._n their_o censure_n against_o they_o and_o suppress_v of_o they_o shall_v be_v public_a open_v and_o notorious_a through_o the_o whole_a extent_n and_o in_o the_o most_o conspicuous_a place_n of_o the_o antichristian_a jurisdiction_n which_o 31_o spiritual_o i._n e._n in_o a_o mystical_a sense_n 1_o cor._n 10.4_o be_v 32_o call_v by_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n in_o this_o prophecy_n 33_o sodom_n for_o its_o spiritual_a uncleanness_n by_o idolatry_n and_o egypt_n for_o its_o tyranny_n and_o its_o innumerable_a superstition_n and_o idolatry_n 34_o where_o also_o or_o in_o which_o great_a city_n our_o lord_n christ_n be_v crucify_a 30_o by_o street_n in_o scripture_n be_v mean_v the_o broad_a open_v and_o public_a place_n of_o concourse_n as_o the_o word_n be_v use_v matth._n 5.6_o and_o esther_n 6.9_o whereby_o be_v intimate_v that_o some_o church_n in_o the_o most_o conspicuous_a and_o eminent_a place_n of_o the_o roman_a territory_n which_o be_v the_o city_n concern_v in_o these_o vision_n and_o be_v call_v the_o 10._o the_o chap_n 14_o 8.17_o 18_o 18_o 10._o great_a city_n shall_v be_v persecute_v and_o anathematise_v by_o the_o apostasy_n and_o that_o the_o devastation_n make_v upon_o the_o witness_n shall_v be_v public_a and_o in_o open_a view_n and_o that_o they_o shall_v be_v capable_a of_o be_v raise_v and_o restore_v contrary_a to_o what_o the_o wicked_a be_v threaten_v with_o job_n 18.17_o that_o their_o remembrance_n shall_v perish_v from_o the_o earth_n and_o they_o shall_v have_v no_o name_n in_o the_o street_n 31_o from_o hence_o it_o clear_o appear_v that_o what_o be_v here_o deliver_v be_v to_o be_v understand_v in_o a_o metaphorical_a sense_n by_o way_n of_o mystical_a allegory_n which_o be_v common_a then_o among_o the_o jew_n and_o which_o the_o sacred_a writer_n especial_o the_o apostle_n to_o the_o hebrew_n make_v frequent_a use_n of_o 23_o or_o be_v in_o a_o spiritual_a and_o mystical_a sense_n for_o to_o call_v and_o to_o be_v be_v frequent_o use_v promiscuous_o in_o scripture_n although_o i_o presume_v the_o meaning_n of_o this_o place_n give_v in_o the_o paraphrase_n to_o be_v the_o true_a for_o as_o gog_n be_v prophesy_v of_o by_o the_o prophet_n under_o the_o name_n of_o edom_n moab_n leviathan_n and_o the_o other_o chief_a enemy_n of_o god_n and_o of_o the_o jewish_a church_n as_o the_o prophet_n ezekiel_n express_o declare_v chap._n 38.17_o so_o be_v the_o idolatrous_a enemy_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n prophesy_v of_o under_o the_o name_n of_o egypt_n babylon_n and_o the_o like_a in_o this_o book_n and_o in_o the_o old_a testament_n 33_o thus_o jerusalem_n be_v call_v sodom_n and_o gomorrah_n isa_n 1.10_o 34_o christ_n be_v crucify_v at_o jerusalem_n which_o be_v here_o mention_v 1._o to_o show_v that_o this_o slaughter_n of_o the_o witness_n be_v to_o be_v under_o the_o jurisdiction_n of_o the_o roman_n jerusalem_n be_v then_o under_o their_o dominion_n and_o our_o saviour_n be_v crucify_a by_o their_o authority_n upon_o which_o account_n his_o suffer_v under_o pontius_n pilate_n and_o his_o crucifixion_n which_o be_v a_o roman_a punishment_n be_v mention_v in_o the_o creed_n 2._o rome_n be_v call_v jerusalem_n because_o it_o succeed_v the_o 728_o the_o mori_n oper._n theol._n 721_o 728_o synagogue_n in_o its_o carnal_a hypocritical_a and_o persecute_v temper_n and_o be_v a_o city_n that_o kill_v the_o prophet_n and_o witness_n of_o christ_n as_o jerusalem_n of_o old_a be_v wont_a to_o do_v 3._o our_o saviour_n be_v say_v to_o be_v crucify_a at_o rome_n because_o he_o be_v crucify_v there_o in_o his_o 9.4_o his_o matth._n 25.40_o 45._o act_n 9.4_o member_n to_o who_o whatsoever_o be_v do_v he_o impute_v as_o do_v to_o himself_o whereupon_o he_o ask_v saul_n why_o he_o persecute_v he_o when_o he_o persecute_v his_o disciple_n and_o because_o the_o apostasy_n reign_v there_o which_o sin_n be_v particular_o call_v the_o crucify_a of_o christ_n afresh_o and_o the_o put_v he_o to_o a_o open_a shame_n heb._n 6_o 4-8_a 9_o and_o they_o or_o some_o of_o the_o people_n and_o kindred_n and_o tongue_n and_o nation_n who_o shall_v be_v dispose_v to_o attend_v to_o and_o take_v notice_n of_o this_o matter_n shall_v see_v or_o diligent_o consider_v their_o dead_a body_n i_o e._n the_o deplorable_a and_o ruinous_a state_n of_o these_o desolate_a church_n three_o day_n and_o a_o half_o see_v num_fw-la 37._o and_o shall_v not_o suffer_v their_o dead_a body_n to_o be_v put_v in_o 35_o grave_n i._n e._n to_o be_v bury_v in_o utter_a oblivion_n and_o to_o be_v in_o a_o irrecoverable_a condition_n out_o of_o all_o hope_n of_o be_v restore_v ezek._n 37_o 11-14_a hos_fw-la 6.2_o 35_o the_o same_o metaphor_n that_o be_v here_o make_v use_n of_o be_v also_o use_v in_o the_o same_o sense_n by_o ezekiel_n chap._n 37_o 1-14_a and_o by_o hos_n 13.14_o where_o by_o dry_a bone_n in_o a_o open_a valley_n and_o by_o dead_a body_n in_o grave_n be_v mean_v a_o hopeless_a condition_n without_o the_o least_o expectation_n of_o recovery_n 10_o and_o they_o that_o dwell_v upon_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o more_o sensual_a and_o earthly_a part_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v rejoice_v over_o they_o and_o make_v merry_a and_o shall_v send_v gift_n one_o to_o another_o as_o in_o time_n of_o public_a joy_n hest_n 9.19_o 22._o nehem._n 8_o 10-12_a because_o these_o two_o prophet_n 36_o torment_v by_o their_o reproof_n denounce_v of_o judgement_n contrary_a life_n and_o conversation_n and_o the_o progress_n of_o their_o doctrine_n among_o the_o people_n hos_fw-la 6.5_o judg._n 16.6_o jon._n 4.9_o they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o antichristian_a people_n 36_o as_o the_o prophet_n and_o particular_o elijah_n one_o of_o the_o witness_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n be_v say_v to_o trouble_v wicked_a king_n and_o people_n 1_o king_n 18.17_o 18.21_o 20._o 11_o and_o after_o three_o 37_o day_n and_o a_o half_a the_o spirit_n 38_o of_o life_n from_o god_n enter_v into_o they_o i._n e._n they_o be_v wonderful_o revive_v ezek._n 37.5_o 8_o 9_o 10_o 13_o 14._o hos_fw-la 6.2_o and_o they_o stand_v 38_o upon_o their_o foot_n i._n e._n be_v in_o a_o posture_n of_o service_n and_o defence_n and_o appear_v with_o courage_n and_o readiness_n to_o perform_v their_o duty_n ezek._n 2_o 1-3.37_a 10._o and_o great_a fear_n 39_o fall_v upon_o all_o they_o which_o see_v they_o revive_v so_o wonderful_o to_o the_o joy_n of_o their_o friend_n and_o the_o consternation_n of_o their_o enemy_n 37_o it_o be_v observe_v by_o the_o lord_n napeir_n that_o beside_o the_o common_a prophetical_a day_n which_o be_v take_v for_o a_o year_n in_o prophecy_n there_o be_v also_o a_o great_a and_o extraordinary_a day_n in_o scripture_n which_o signify_v not_o a_o year_n but_o any_o time_n to_o be_v determine_v by_o circumstance_n as_o the_o word_n day_n be_v use_v in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o in_o man_n day_n now_o if_o day_n signify_v time_n in_o scripture_n it_o may_v very_o well_o 284-293_a well_o lord_n napeir_n on_o the_o revel_n prop._n 1.15_o mori_n oper._n theol._n pag_n 179._o and_o his_o appendix_n to_o dan._n pag._n 284-293_a signify_v so_o in_o this_o place_n where_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v necessary_a that_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_n shall_v be_v bring_v to_o comport_v with_o three_o time_n and_o a_o half_a 1260_o day_n and_o forty_o two_o month_n all_o which_o be_v of_o the_o same_o signification_n there_o seem_v to_o be_v no_o reason_n but_o that_o the_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a shall_v be_v of_o the_o same_o nature_n too_o especial_o if_o we_o consider_v that_o the_o woman_n in_o the_o wilderness_n which_o be_v the_o church_n or_o witness_n collective_o take_v from_o who_o it_o differ_v only_o in_o notion_n as_o the_o body_n do_v from_o its_o member_n have_v three_o time_n and_o a_o half_a allot_v she_o as_o well_o as_o 1260_o day_n to_o which_o there_o must_v be_v something_o porportionable_a in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o witness_n which_o be_v her_o seed_n and_o be_v coaeval_fw-fr with_o she_o and_o the_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a be_v of_o the_o same_o extent_n with_o 1260_o day_n and_o three_o time_n and_o a_o half_a if_o you_o account_v the_o day_n for_o year_n and_o then_o again_o resolve_v those_o year_n into_o day_n denote_v so_o many_o year_n but_o for_o the_o clear_a state_v of_o this_o matter_n it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o here_o be_v a_o plain_a allusion_n to_o the_o time_n of_o
〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o opposite_a representation_n in_o it_o of_o which_o the_o reader_n be_v here_o present_v with_o a_o general_a scheme_n the_o particular_n which_o be_v very_o many_o be_v to_o be_v careful_o observe_v and_o gather_v out_o of_o the_o book_n itself_o the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n 32._o ephesus_n chap._n 2._o 1-8_a see_v pag._n 20._o 32._o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o four_o first_o seal_n and_o reach_n from_o the_o resurrection_n a._n d._n 33._o to_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o persecution_n under_o dioclesian_n a._n d._n 303._o the_o church_n of_o smyrna_n 8-12_a smyrna_n chap._n 2._o 8-12_a in_o which_o the_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n arise_v be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o five_o six_o and_o seven_o seal_n and_o last_v until_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o first_o trumpet_n a._n d._n 437._o the_o church_n of_o perganus_n 1â—15_a perganus_n chap._n 2._o 1â—15_a begin_v to_o witness_v in_o sackcloth_n at_o the_o entrance_n of_o the_o apostasy_n a._n d._n 437._o and_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o five_o first_o trumpet_n and_o part_n of_o the_o six_o and_o with_o the_o progress_n of_o the_o apostasy_n to_o a_o throne_n and_o the_o slay_v of_o the_o antipapal_a witness_n by_o excommunication_n and_o persecution_n until_o about_o the_o 12_o century_n or_o between_o a._n d._n 1100_o and_o 1200._o then_o arise_v the_o church_n of_o etc._n of_o chap._n 2._o 18._o etc._n etc._n thyatira_n witnese_v against_o the_o depth_n of_o satanical_a corruption_n which_o continue_v during_o the_o first_o slay_v of_o the_o witness_n and_o the_o progress_n of_o the_o mahometan_a woe_n of_o the_o six_o trumpet_n 10._o trumpet_n chap._n 10._o until_o the_o reformation_n a._n d._n 1517._o the_o church_n of_o sardis_n together_o with_o some_o low_a appearance_n of_o the_o philadelphian_a state_n keep_v under_o by_o those_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 9_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o reformation_n and_o be_v to_o last_v until_o some_o more_o perfect_a church_n state_n shall_v appear_v of_o which_o if_o the_o calculation_n 11._o calculation_n see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 10._o 7._o on_o chap._n 11._o 2_o 11._o frequent_o mention_v in_o the_o follow_a book_n prove_v true_a there_o will_v be_v some_o more_o than_o ordinary_a appearance_n about_o a._n d._n 1697._o when_o the_o beast_n month_n end_n the_o philadelphian_a 7-13_a philadelphian_a chap._n 3._o 7-13_a state_n the_o church_n of_o thyatira_n 19_o thyatira_n chap._n 2._o 19_o in_o its_o last_o work_n the_o undefiled_a 4._o undefiled_a chap._n â—_o 4._o name_n in_o sardis_n and_o those_o also_o of_o that_o state_n who_o this_o prophecy_n call_v they_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 9_o who_o shall_v come_v and_o unite_v themselves_o to_o the_o church_n of_o philadelphia_n carry_v on_o the_o whole_a series_n of_o thing_n during_o the_o 14_o the_o see_v chapter_n 14_o voice_n and_o the_o vial_n from_o the_o rise_n of_o that_o sit_v until_o the_o glorious_a millenium_fw-la that_o be_v if_o the_o calculation_n here_o advance_v 1-7_a advance_v chap._n 3._o 1-7_a prove_v true_a from_o a._n d._n 1697._o until_o 16._o until_o see_v chapter_n 14._o and_o 16._o a._n d._n 1727._o and_o from_o 1727_o to_o 1772._o after_o the_o millennium_n satan_n be_v loose_v for_o a_o short_a season_n gog_n and_o magog_n compass_v the_o city_n but_o be_v destroy_v and_o all_o the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n be_v judge_v and_o perfect_o subdue_v with_o which_o the_o laodicean_n 20._o laodicean_n chap._n 3_o 14-22_a chap._n 20._o state_n of_o the_o church_n be_v cotemporary_a but_o beside_o these_o synchronism_n betwixt_o the_o church_n prophecy_n and_o the_o book_n prophecy_n it_o be_v very_o observable_a that_o there_o be_v very_o many_o vision_n in_o the_o book_n prophecy_n which_o synchronize_v one_o with_o another_o as_o be_v frequent_o observe_v in_o the_o annotation_n of_o which_o here_o be_v give_v a_o short_a specimen_fw-la refer_v the_o reader_n to_o the_o book_n itself_o for_o a_o large_a account_n of_o they_o synchron_n 1._o the_o seal_n and_o many_o particular_n in_o the_o twelve_o chapter_n be_v contemporary_a as_o will_v appear_v to_o any_o one_o who_o compare_v the_o six_o chapter_n with_o the_o twelve_o synchron_n 2._o the_o barbarous_a nation_n chap._n 8._o 7._o enter_v as_o gentile_n into_o the_o outward_a court_n the_o worshipper_n in_o the_o inward_a temple_n the_o witness_n in_o sackcloth_n and_o the_o church_n actual_o fly_v into_o the_o wilderness_n be_v also_o contemporary_a see_v chapter_n 8._o c._n 11._o c._n 12._o synchron_n 3._o the_o beast_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n come_v into_o his_o succession_n and_o into_o his_o forty_o two_o month_n and_o the_o ten_o king_n receive_v power_n all_o one_o hour_n with_o he_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o extinction_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n upon_o the_o sound_a of_o the_o three_o trumpet_n because_o when_o the_o former_a government_n be_v expire_v another_o must_v needs_o immediate_o come_v into_o succession_n synchron_n 4._o the_o witness_n lie_v dead_a and_o the_o woman_n hide_v in_o the_o wilderness_n from_o the_o face_n of_o the_o serpent_n be_v synchronous_n synchron_n 5._o the_o end_n of_o the_o two_o time_n the_o beginning_n of_o half_a time_n the_o thunder_n voice_n utter_v and_o then_o seal_v be_v contemporary_a see_v chap._n 10._o synchron_n 6._o the_o full_a rise_n of_o the_o witness_n the_o fall_n of_o the_o ten_o of_o the_o great_a city_n the_o pass_v away_o of_o the_o second_o woe_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n to_o sound_n be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o end_n of_o the_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_n of_o the_o three_o time_n and_o half_a and_o of_o the_o 1260_o day_n and_o forty_o two_o month_n which_o be_v in_o a_o equal_a duration_n synchron_n 7._o the_o seven_o trumpet_n the_o voices_z and_o the_o vial_n the_o judgement_n on_o the_o whore_n the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n the_o lamb_n wife_n make_v herself_o ready_a be_v contemporary_n synchron_n 8._o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o satan_n bind_v the_o first_o resurrection_n the_o bless_a participation_n of_o it_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n be_v contemporary_n synchron_n 9_o the_o thousand_o year_n expire_v satan_n lose_v the_o gog_n and_o magog_n be_v together_o in_o time_n synchron_n 10._o the_o fire_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n satan_n cast_v into_o the_o lake_n the_o dead_a judged_n and_o with_o death_n cast_v into_o the_o lake_n synchronize_v with_o the_o white_a throne_n the_o laodicean_n saint_n sit_v down_o with_o christ_n upon_o it_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o opposite_n be_v chief_o these_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o his_o saint_n the_o kingdom_n of_o satan_n carry_v on_o in_o the_o four_o or_o roman_a monarchy_n first_o as_o pagan_a then_o as_o antichristian_a the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n as_o apostolical_a the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n have_v leave_v its_o first_o love_n chap._n 2._o 4._o smyrna_n a_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n chap._n 2._o 9_o pergamus_n and_o antipas_n the_o throne_n of_o satan_n balaam_n and_o the_o nicolaitan_n chap._n 2._o 13_o 14_o 15._o the_o false_a prophet_n chap._n 16_o 13._o thyatira_n the_o depth_n of_o satan_n jezebel_n or_o the_o false_a prophetess_n chap._n 2._o 20_o 14._o the_o undefiled_a name_n in_o sardis_n those_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 3_o 4_o 9_o philadelphia_n the_o laodicean_n lukewarmness_n the_o lamb._n the_o dragon_n the_o beast_n the_o other_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n like_o a_o limb._n chap._n 13._o 11._o the_o bride_n the_o lamb_n wife_n chap._n 19_o 7._o the_o whore_n chap._n 17._o christ_n seal_v once_o and_o witness_n the_o mark_v slave_n of_o the_o beast_n chap._n 13._o 16._o the_o great_a city_n the_o holy_a jerusalem_n the_o belove_a city_n the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n c._n 20_o 9.21.10_o babylon_n the_o great_a city_n reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n c._n 17._o and_o the_o city_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n at_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n c._n 20.8_o twelve_o the_o apostolical_a number_n c._n 7.4_o twenty_o five_o the_o antichristian_a name_n mark_v number_n c._n 13._o 18._o christ_n the_o king_n of_o king_n and_o lord_n of_o lord_n chap._n 19_o 16._o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n chap._n 19_o 19_o the_o army_n which_o come_v in_o the_o heaven_n with_o christ_n c._n 19.14_o the_o army_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o their_o nation_n gog_n and_o magog_n chap._n 19_o 15_o 19_o 20_o 8._o errata_fw-la pag._n 6._o l._n 29._o read_v 16._o p._n 9_o l._n 5._o of_o the_o of_o this_o world_n p._n 13._o l._n 16._o r._n denote_v p._n 14._o l._n 24._o r._n full_a of_o p._n 21._o l._n 16._o r._n rom._n 2._o p._n 27._o l._n 27._o r._n good_n p._n 22._o l._n 32._o r._n 58._o p._n 41._o l._n 8._o f._n the_o r._n that_o
the_o great_a river_n 21_o euphrates_n i._n e._n hinder_v by_o divine_a restraint_n and_o the_o providential_a course_n of_o thing_n from_o make_v any_o considerable_a progress_n in_o the_o part_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n beyond_o that_o river_n 19_o the_o bad_a as_o well_o as_o good_a spirit_n which_o god_n make_v use_v of_o be_v call_v in_o scripture_n angel_n which_o in_o this_o book_n be_v put_v to_o denote_v the_o man_n and_o instrument_n use_v by_o and_o under_o they_o in_o their_o execute_v the_o command_n of_o god_n and_o because_o there_o be_v great_a reason_n to_o believe_v as_o i_o shall_v show_v hereafter_o that_o the_o turkish_a potentacy_n be_v mean_v in_o this_o place_n which_o immediate_o follow_v the_o saracenical_a i_o shall_v therefore_o endeavour_v to_o give_v you_o a_o brief_a account_n of_o its_o original_a and_o progress_n the_o turk_n call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d by_o 7._o by_o lib._n 4._o pag._n 232._o mela_n 1._o ult_n plin._n 6_o 7._o herodotus_n and_o turcae_n by_o mela_n and_o pliny_n be_v by_o all_o account_v a_o northern_a people_n call_v therefore_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n dan._n 11.40_o as_o the_o saracen_n be_v the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n because_o they_o lie_v southward_o of_o palestine_n they_o be_v original_o native_n of_o tartary_n which_o be_v call_v turchestân_n by_o the_o eastern_a writer_n and_o be_v a_o country_n of_o a_o vast_a extent_n reach_v from_o the_o river_n volga_n to_o the_o extreme_a east_n consist_v of_o two_o sort_n of_o tartar_n the_o eastern_a or_o mogul_n tartar_n lie_v above_o china_n beyond_o the_o mountain_n imaus_n or_o emodus_n and_o the_o western_a tartar_n on_o this_o side_n imaus_n who_o language_n be_v different_a from_o the_o former_a and_o from_o these_o latter_a come_v the_o turk_n as_o appear_v from_o their_o language_n the_o ground_n of_o which_o be_v tartar_n and_o those_o tartar_n also_o which_o inhabit_v the_o lesser_a tartary_n upon_o the_o black_a or_o euxin_n sea_n call_v the_o crim_n tartary_n or_o tartary_n precopensis_n from_o a_o great_a dike_n near_o which_o its_o chief_a city_n stand_v crim_n signify_v a_o great_a bank_n with_o a_o ditch_n in_o the_o tartar_n language_n as_o precop_n do_v in_o the_o polish_v who_o be_v original_o of_o the_o same_o race_n with_o the_o turk_n although_o they_o be_v now_o a_o mix_a people_n because_o their_o prince_n be_v by_o compact_n to_o succeed_v the_o grand_a signior_n upon_o defect_n of_o heir_n male_a which_o the_o turk_n will_v not_o have_v consent_v to_o if_o they_o have_v not_o be_v of_o the_o same_o line_n now_o the_o turk_n make_v their_o excursion_n from_o all_o part_n at_o first_o some_o of_o they_o from_o beyond_o ah_o tanais_n where_o those_o turk_n seem_v to_o have_v live_v who_o send_v a_o embassy_n to_o justin_n junior_n and_o be_v employ_v by_o heraclius_n against_o the_o persian_n when_o he_o sail_v through_o the_o euxin_n sea_n into_o georgia_n and_o by_o degree_n into_o armenia_n but_o the_o great_a and_o most_o famous_a body_n of_o they_o come_v from_o mawaralnà hra_n or_o the_o region_n beyond_o the_o river_n oxus_n and_o from_o that_o part_n of_o it_o above_o the_o caspian_a sea_n which_o be_v particular_o denominate_v from_o they_o turchestân_n the_o chief_a seat_n whereof_o be_v samarchand_n from_o whence_o they_o be_v call_v into_o persia_n and_o not_o from_o armenia_n as_o abulpharajai_a and_o elmacinus_n both_o testify_v who_o make_v frequent_a mention_n of_o they_o and_o their_o king_n long_o before_o their_o settle_n in_o persia_n they_o at_o first_o fall_v into_o chorasân_n a_o country_n lie_v betwixt_o persia_n and_o india_n and_o ravage_v some_o part_n of_o 7._o of_o petau._n rationar_n tempor_fw-la 9_o 7._o persia_n about_o a._n d._n 625._o and_o afterward_o 116._o afterward_o abul-phar_n pag._n 115_o 116._o assist_v the_o persian_n against_o the_o saracen_n about_o a._n d._n 643._o about_o 2._o about_o sabellic_n ennead_n 9_o lib._n 2._o a._n d._n 800._o they_o make_v great_a incursion_n through_o the_o porte_fw-fr caspiae_n which_o be_v a_o narrow_a passage_n near_o derbent_n which_o signify_v in_o the_o persian_a language_n a_o straight_a betwixt_o mountain_n call_v by_o the_o turk_n demir_n capi_n or_o the_o iron_n gate_n near_o the_o caspian_a sea_n betwixt_o armenia_n and_o persia_n and_o be_v part_n of_o that_o vast_a ridge_n of_o hill_n at_o least_o 1500_o mile_n long_o which_o run_v from_o west_n to_o east_n from_o armenia_n to_o india_n where_o the_o branch_n of_o it_o run_v several_a way_n one_o great_a one_o of_o they_o separate_v the_o hithermost_a tartary_n from_o that_o above_o china_n or_o the_o mogul_n tartary_n and_o be_v call_v imaus_n these_o hill_n receive_v different_a name_n in_o the_o different_a countey_n through_o which_o they_o run_v sometime_o be_v call_v mount_v turk_n mount_v nicephor_n bryenn_n pag._n 21._o du_n cange_n in_o not._n ad_fw-la calcem_fw-la cinnami_fw-la pag._n 299._o excerpt_v e_o legat._n pag._n 106._o ed._n paris_n leunclav_n histor_n mussulm_n pag._n 22_o 23._o elmacin_n pag._n 332._o abul-phar_n pag._n 222._o abulpheda_a per_fw-la gravium_fw-la knoll'_v history_n of_o the_o turk_n taurus_n sometime_o mount_v caucasus_n and_o near_o tartary_n imaus_n through_o this_o natural_a barrier_n of_o nation_n there_o be_v a_o narrow_a passage_n which_o the_o turk_n pass_v and_o possess_v themselves_o of_o the_o northern_a part_n of_o armenia_n call_v perhaps_o from_o they_o turcomania_n from_o whence_o and_o about_o the_o same_o time_n some_o of_o they_o go_v and_o settle_v in_o caramania_n in_o asia_n minor_n ancient_o call_v cilicia_n whilst_o other_o of_o they_o who_o be_v stipendiaries_n to_o the_o saracenick_n chaliphs_n prevail_v mighty_o at_o bagdâd_n betwixt_o the_o year_n 863._o and_o 900._o insomuch_o that_o although_o they_o have_v be_v often_o slay_v in_o great_a number_n and_o be_v drive_v out_o of_o chorasana_n they_o yet_o rally_v their_o force_n under_o tugrol_n or_o togrul-beg_a 300._o togrul-beg_a du_n cange_n ad_fw-la calcem_fw-la cinnami_fw-la pag._n 300._o call_v tangrolipix_n and_o by_o several_a other_o name_n by_o the_o greek_n who_o come_v from_o the_o country_n beyond_o the_o river_n gihen_n or_o jihun_v which_o be_v the_o same_o with_o oxus_n as_o ibid._n as_o pag._n 222._o du_n cange_n ibid._n abulpharajai_a distinct_o affim_v and_o pass_v that_o river_n and_o not_o araxes_n which_o divide_v armenia_n from_o media_n except_o those_o two_o river_n be_v confound_v by_o the_o greek_n as_o du_n cange_n think_v this_o great_a captain_n together_o with_o the_o rest_n of_o his_o brethren_n of_o the_o family_n of_o the_o supra_fw-la the_o elmacin_n lib._n 3.7_o pag._n 331._o abul-phar_n 226_o 227._o leunclav_n histor_n musul_n pag_n 69_o niceph._n bryen_n pag._n 21._o &_o du_n cange_n ubi_fw-la supra_fw-la seljukidae_n who_o begin_v to_o be_v famous_a about_o a._n d._n 1038._o be_v call_v into_o the_o assistance_n of_o the_o persian_n at_o last_o conquer_v they_o take_v ispahan_n about_o a._n d._n 1050._o and_o have_v embrace_v mahometism_n the_o religion_n of_o that_o country_n they_o proceed_v so_o far_o as_o to_o conquer_v bagdad_n a._n d._n 1055._o and_o to_o put_v a_o end_n to_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o saracen_n in_o those_o part_n betwixt_o the_o year_n 354-358_a year_n du_n cange_n ad_fw-la calcem_fw-la cianam_fw-la pag._n 316._o histor_n byzant_n illustrat_fw-la pag._n 354-358_a 1070_o and_o 1080._o they_o make_v great_a progress_n in_o asia_n minor_a some_o of_o the_o family_n of_o the_o seljukidae_n who_o come_v thither_o from_o persia_n fix_v their_o imperial_a seat_n at_o iconium_n who_o be_v from_o thence_o call_v the_o sultan_n of_o iconium_n and_o be_v distinguish_v from_o the_o other_o turkish_a sultan_n who_o reign_v in_o asia_n the_o great_a who_o chief_a seat_n be_v in_o persia_n where_o tangrolipix_n 342._o tangrolipix_n elmac._n pag._n 342._o die_v a._n d._n 1063._o and_o at_o bagdad_n but_o the_o 242._o the_o tyrius_n de_fw-fr bello_fw-la sacro_fw-la lib._n 5._o &_o 6._o abul-phar_a pag._n 242._o christian_n in_o the_o holy_a war_n about_o a._n d._n 1097._o have_v break_v their_o power_n in_o those_o part_n and_o what_o through_o the_o division_n which_o arise_v among_o the_o son_n of_o cutlumuse_n 312._o cutlumuse_n abul-phar_a pag._n 245_o 290_o 312._o the_o cousin_n german_n of_o tangrolipix_n and_o the_o first_o who_o make_v considerable_a inroad_n into_o asia_n minor_n about_o a.d._n 1108_o we_o hear_v little_a considerable_a of_o the_o action_n of_o these_o sultan_n until_o their_o credit_n and_o power_n come_v to_o be_v advance_v by_o sultan_n aladdin_n caicobad_n who_o be_v make_v sultan_n a._n d._n 1219._o and_o die_v about_o a._n d._n 1236._o in_o the_o mean_a time_n the_o eastern_a turkish_a empire_n mighty_o increase_v especial_o under_o the_o arm_n of_o saladin_n 4.19_o saladin_n abul-phar_a pag._n 264-276_a fuller_n be_v holy_a war_n lib._n 2._o chap._n 35_o &_o
25_o be_v most_o admirable_o applicable_a to_o the_o antichristian_a roman_a state_n it_o be_v the_o only_a conspicuous_a and_o remarkable_a number_n in_o that_o hierarchy_n describe_v the_o papacy_n in_o its_o most_o essential_a part_n that_o church_n have_v be_v fatal_o lead_v to_o lay_v its_o very_a foundation_n upon_o it_o it_o have_v at_o first_o five_o and_o twenty_o cardinal_n and_o its_o creed_n consist_v of_o five_o and_o twenty_o article_n as_o the_o apostle_n do_v of_o twelve_o as_o mr._n potter_n have_v accurate_o show_v in_o these_o and_o many_o other_o particular_n 7._o it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o as_o the_o number_n 666._o can_v by_o no_o mean_n be_v make_v out_o of_o 12_o whatsoever_o number_v you_o multiply_v it_o by_o so_o neither_o can_v the_o antichristian_a state_n any_o way_n arise_v out_o of_o the_o apostle_n doctrine_n last_o the_o number_n 666._o consist_v of_o the_o same_o number_n in_o all_o its_o place_n from_o vnit_n to_o hundred_o be_v upon_o that_o account_n as_o grotius_n observe_v on_o the_o place_n very_o remarkable_a according_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o wise_a pagan_n who_o make_v their_o vow_n in_o the_o same_o proportion_n and_o because_o it_o consist_v of_o a_o entire_a locum_fw-la entire_a poli_fw-fr synop_n in_o locum_fw-la senary_a of_o number_n arise_v by_o degree_n from_o vnit_n to_o ten_o and_o from_o thence_o to_o hundred_o and_o that_o in_o a_o proportion_n very_o agreeable_a by_o the_o multiplication_n of_o 6_o by_o 10_o so_o as_o that_o 6_o be_v find_v 10_o time_n in_o 60_o and_o 60_o 10_o time_n in_o 600_o it_o may_v from_o thence_o be_v think_v to_o signify_v the_o seem_a comeliness_n and_o proportion_n of_o the_o antichristian_a state_n which_o be_v so_o great_a that_o it_o be_v apt_a to_o deceive_v those_o who_o do_v not_o exercise_v wisdom_n to_o discern_v thing_n it_o be_v at_o first_o sight_n a_o number_n more_o proportionable_a than_o 144_o the_o number_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n so_o necessary_a be_v it_o to_o count_v number_n and_o to_o extract_v the_o root_n of_o they_o by_o strip_v thing_n of_o their_o outward_a seem_a appearance_n although_o never_o so_o comely_a and_o search_v into_o the_o very_a intimate_a nature_n and_o essence_n of_o they_o chap._n fourteen_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o i_o look_v or_o be_v in_o vision_n and_o lo_o a_o lamb_n i._n e._n christ_n stand_v to_o import_v his_o settlement_n in_o his_o government_n and_o his_o rule_n and_o defence_n of_o his_o people_n psalm_n 2.6_o mic._n 5.4_o on_o the_o mount_n 1_o zion_n i._n e._n appear_v in_o a_o exalt_a and_o a_o establish_a state_n in_o his_o kingdom_n psalm_n 48._o mic._n 4.1_o heb._n 12.22_o and_o with_o he_o a_o 2_o hundred_o forty_o and_o four_o thousand_o i._n e._n a_o body_n of_o apostolical_a pure_a christian_n chap._n 7.4_o have_v his_o i._n e._n christ_n father_n name_v 3_o write_v in_o their_o forehead_n i._n e._n open_o adjudge_v by_o god_n and_o profess_v themselves_o to_o be_v the_o true_a follower_n of_o christ_n see_v on_o chap._n 7.3_o annotation_n on_o chap._n fourteen_o 1_o zion_n 48.2_o zion_n josh_n 15.63_o 2_o sam._n 5_o 1-10_a 1_o chron._n 11_o 1-9_a 2_o chron._n 3.1_o psalm_n 48.2_o be_v the_o mountain_n or_o upper_a part_n of_o jerusalem_n on_o one_o side_n of_o which_o stand_v the_o house_n or_o palace_n of_o david_n as_o the_o temple_n do_v on_o the_o north_n side_n of_o it_o call_v mount_n moriah_n which_o be_v reckon_v as_o a_o part_n of_o mount_n zion_n this_o mountain_n be_v take_v by_o david_n from_o the_o jebusite_n who_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n be_v not_o able_a to_o drive_v out_o because_o of_o their_o unbelief_n and_o be_v the_o first_o exploit_n undertake_v by_o he_o after_o his_o be_v anoint_a king_n over_o all_o israel_n upon_o the_o submission_n pay_v unto_o he_o by_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n and_o their_o acknowledgement_n of_o their_o be_v his_o bone_n and_o his_o flesh_n wherein_o they_o be_v type_n of_o the_o obedience_n that_o all_o nation_n be_v to_o pay_v to_o christ_n and_o of_o their_o become_a member_n of_o his_o body_n of_o his_o flesh_n and_o of_o his_o bone_n ephes_n 5.30_o david_n take_v it_o when_o he_o begin_v to_o 23._o to_o 2_o sam._n 5.4_o luke_n 3.22_o 23._o reign_v be_v thirty_o year_n old_a according_a to_o the_o age_n when_o our_o saviour_n begin_v to_o preach_v gather_v member_n for_o his_o kingdom_n and_o cast_v out_o devil_n as_o david_n also_o dispossess_v the_o 7._o the_o 2_o sam._n 5_o 6-8_a gregory_n observat_fw-la chap._n 7._o jebusite_n and_o cast_v out_o their_o tutelary_a idol_n the_o hatred_n of_o his_o soul_n call_v by_o he_o and_o his_o follower_n by_o way_n of_o sarcasm_n and_o contempt_n the_o blind_a and_o the_o lame_a as_o have_v eye_n but_o see_v not_o and_o foot_n but_o walk_v not_o according_a to_o the_o like_a expression_n use_v by_o he_o psalm_n 115._o when_o he_o have_v take_v it_o he_o fortify_v the_o strong_a hold_n of_o it_o and_o afterward_o build_v there_o and_o make_v a_o beautiful_a city_n call_v it_o the_o city_n of_o david_n in_o all_o which_o he_o be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n as_o that_o mountain_n strong_n hold_v and_o city_n be_v of_o the_o strength_n stability_n and_o beauty_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n especial_o as_o it_o shall_v appear_v at_o last_o in_o a_o most_o glorious_a manner_n triumph_v over_o all_o heathen_a and_o antichristian_a idol_n when_o the_o lord_n shall_v set_v his_o king_n upon_o his_o holy_a hill_n of_o zion_n and_o christ_n shall_v stand_v and_o feed_v his_o people_n and_o be_v great_a unto_o the_o end_v of_o the_o earth_n psalm_n 2.6_o micah_n 5.4_o only_o here_o it_o may_v be_v observe_v 1._o that_o as_o the_o take_n of_o this_o mountain_n be_v the_o first_o achievement_n of_o david_n after_o he_o come_v to_o the_o kingdom_n before_o he_o be_v full_o establish_v in_o it_o and_o have_v build_v his_o city_n so_o may_v this_o appearance_n of_o christ_n be_v some_o preparatory_a state_n of_o his_o kingdom_n call_v the_o kingdom_n of_o david_n in_o scripture_n rise_v 2._o rise_v micah_n 4.1_o 2._o to_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mountain_n and_o exalt_v itself_o above_o the_o hill_n that_o so_o the_o everlasting_a gospel_n may_v be_v hear_v and_o people_n may_v flow_v unto_o it_o but_o somewhat_o different_a from_o the_o state_n of_o its_o full_a establishment_n when_o his_o kingdom_n shall_v appear_v in_o its_o utmost_a glory_n as_o in_o the_o description_n of_o it_o give_v heb._n 12.22_o they_o first_o come_v unto_o mount_n zion_n before_o they_o come_v unto_o the_o city_n of_o the_o live_a god_n and_o the_o heavenly_a jerusalem_n as_o be_v more_o full_o show_v on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n where_o this_o whole_a matter_n be_v large_o consider_v 2._o that_o here_o be_v represent_v some_o exalt_v state_n of_o the_o heavenly_a tabernacle_n itself_o typify_v by_o mount_n zion_n which_o be_v not_o yet_o of_o so_o high_a and_o so_o exalt_v a_o nature_n as_o that_o which_o it_o shall_v afterward_o arrive_v to_o when_o it_o shall_v appear_v as_o in_o the_o high_a heaven_n or_o in_o its_o heavenly_a state_n it_o be_v probable_a that_o there_o be_v exaltation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o the_o archetype_n of_o it_o in_o the_o heavenly_a place_n of_o which_o the_o several_a advances_n it_o receive_v here_o on_o earth_n be_v the_o counterpart_n pattern_n and_o example_n according_a to_o what_o have_v be_v already_o discourse_v on_o chap._n 12.1_o and_o will_v be_v show_v more_o large_o hereafter_o it_o be_v very_o difficult_a to_o give_v account_n of_o many_o thing_n in_o this_o prophecy_n without_o this_o supposition_n 2_o as_o this_o vision_n relate_v to_o the_o state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o earth_n there_o be_v hereby_o signify_v a_o body_n of_o apostolical_a pure_a christian_n appear_v in_o a_o state_n of_o open_a and_o public_a profession_n of_o christ_n pure_a religion_n but_o as_o it_o refer_v to_o the_o state_n of_o thing_n in_o the_o heavenly_a place_n hereby_o be_v denote_v a_o appearance_n of_o the_o very_a 144000._o mention_v in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n who_o be_v the_o saint_n and_o witness_n depart_v in_o the_o lord_n 3_o they_o be_v before_o seal_v and_o in_o a_o hide_a and_o invisible_a state_n but_o now_o they_o have_v a_o name_v write_v that_o be_v appear_v legible_a upon_o their_o forehead_n and_o that_o the_o name_n of_o god_n whereby_o may_v be_v understand_v some_o approbation_n of_o they_o and_o declaration_n on_o god_n part_n before_o who_o throne_n they_o be_v verse_n 5._o as_o to_o be_v judge_v and_o approve_v by_o he_o that_o they_o be_v holiness_n unto_o the_o lord_n in_o allusion_n to_o the_o inscription_n on_o the_o high-priest_n frontlet_n exod._n 20.36_o and_o that_o they_o be_v worthy_a of_o the_o exalt_v state_n they_o now_o
and_o from_o hence_o it_o appear_v as_o also_o from_o the_o solemn_a word_n verse_n 17._o it_o be_v do_v which_o be_v plain_o take_v from_o the_o same_o passage_n in_o ezekiel_n that_o the_o judgement_n upon_o those_o wicked_a nation_n be_v here_o refer_v to_o and_o this_o may_v probable_o be_v that_o signal_n vengeance_n which_o shall_v fall_v upon_o they_o upon_o the_o pass_v away_o of_o the_o old_a earth_n by_o which_o as_o by_o a_o mighty_a tempest_n of_o thunder_n lightning_z and_o prodigious_a hailstone_n reserve_v by_o god_n against_o this_o time_n of_o trouble_n and_o this_o day_n of_o battle_n and_o war_n as_o job_n speak_v chap_n 38.22_o 23._o in_o the_o same_o word_n use_v in_o this_o chapter_n and_o by_o daniel_n chap._n 12.1_o they_o shall_v be_v scatter_v into_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n where_o they_o be_v to_o remain_v under_o the_o effect_n of_o god_n wrath_n often_o set_v forth_o in_o scripture_n by_o such_o tempest_n until_o the_o expire_a of_o the_o thousand_o year_n chap._n xvii_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o there_o come_v with_o authority_n and_o commission_n from_o god_n one_o i._n e._n the_o first_o chap._n 16.2_o of_o the_o seven_o angel_n which_o 1_o have_v the_o seven_o vial_n and_o talk_v with_o i_o after_o a_o more_o familiar_a manner_n say_n unto_o i_o come_v hither_o i._n e._n near_a unto_o i_o to_o receive_v more_o clear_a and_o intimate_a communication_n of_o knowledge_n and_o i_o will_v show_v or_o point_n out_o and_o demonstrate_v unto_o thou_o the_o judgement_n i._n e._n the_o foul_a 3_o guilt_n sentence_n and_o destruction_n of_o the_o great_a 4_o whore_n i._n e._n the_o gteat_fw-la idolatrous_a city_n and_o church_n that_o 5_o sit_v upon_o many_o water_n that_o be_v rule_v over_o much_o people_n verse_n 15_o 18._o annotation_n on_o chap._n xvii_o 1_o to_o show_v that_o this_o woman_n be_v one_o of_o the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o who_o the_o vial_n be_v to_o be_v pour_v and_o withal_o the_o chief_a of_o they_o with_o who_o all_o the_o other_o be_v to_o fall_v 2_o as_o be_v now_o about_o to_o give_v he_o a_o more_o clear_a description_n of_o the_o beast_n than_o he_o have_v as_o yet_o receive_v 3_o so_o the_o word_n signify_v sometime_o in_o scripture_n as_o ezek_n 7.23_o rom._n 5.16_o 1_o tim._n 5.12_o 4_o the_o people_n city_n and_o church_n which_o apostatise_v from_o the_o true_a god_n to_o idolatry_n be_v call_v whore_n in_o 2.20_o in_o isa_n 1.21_o nahum_n 3.4_o ezek._n 23._o rev._n 2.20_o scripture_n for_o break_v their_o covenant_n with_o god_n to_o who_o they_o be_v thereby_o espouse_v from_o whence_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o a_o christian_a city_n must_v be_v mean_v in_o this_o chapter_n and_o not_o a_o pagan_a which_o can_v be_v say_v to_o be_v a_o whore_n or_o a_o apostate_n city_n because_o pagan_a city_n have_v never_o acknowledge_v the_o true_a god_n or_o be_v espouse_v unto_o he_o can_v be_v say_v to_o apostatise_v from_o he_o and_o we_o may_v observe_v that_o there_o be_v here_o a_o double_a article_n in_o the_o greek_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o show_v that_o this_o city_n be_v eminent_a for_o idolatry_n and_o that_o she_o have_v be_v before_o note_v for_o it_o in_o this_o prophecy_n that_o she_o have_v continue_v in_o it_o for_o a_o long_a time_n that_o her_o sin_n be_v great_a in_o itself_o and_o have_v be_v propagate_v through_o the_o large_a extent_n of_o her_o dominion_n whence_o she_o be_v call_v the_o great_a whore_n and_o the_o whore_n as_o be_v the_o chief_a and_o metropolitan_a of_o the_o idolatrous_a city_n and_o church_n the_o impudent_a whorish_a woman_n according_a to_o ezek._n 16.30_o and_o chap._n 23._o and_o the_o jezebel_n rev._n 2.20_o 5_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o situation_n of_o her_o type_n babylon_n which_o be_v call_v the_o great_a city_n dan._n 4.3_o and_o be_v describe_v jerem._n 51.13_o as_o dwell_v upon_o many_o water_n that_o be_v situaat_v upon_o euphrates_n which_o encompass_v it_o and_o run_v through_o it_o and_o the_o adjacent_a country_n in_o cut_n and_o rivulet_n 2_o with_o who_o i._n e._n by_o 6_o who_o solicitation_n and_o example_n the_o ten_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n verse_n 12._o have_v commit_v spiritual_a fornication_n which_o be_v idolatry_n isa_n 23.17_o and_o all_o the_o inhabitant_n or_o mean_a people_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n of_o the_o apostate_n roman_n empire_n have_v be_v drink_v i._n e._n mad_o zealous_a and_o sottish_a y_o dote_a jerem._n 51.7_o with_o the_o wine_n of_o her_o fornication_n i.e._n her_o please_a and_o intoxicate_a allurement_n to_o idolatry_n 6_o or_o hereby_o may_v be_v signify_v that_o they_o idolise_v she_o by_o worship_v she_o and_o call_v she_o the_o mother_n and_o mistress_n of_o all_o church_n and_o attribute_v infallibility_n to_o she_o as_o the_o phrase_n be_v take_v jerem._n 3.9_o ezek._n 16_o 17.23_o 37._o 3_o so_o he_o i._n e._n the_o angel_n carry_v i_o away_o in_o the_o spirit_n chap._n 1._o 10._o into_o the_o wilderness_n 7_o where_o the_o woman_n the_o true_a church_n be_v chap._n 12._o 6._o and_o i_o see_v a_o 8_o woman_n i._n e._n a_o city_n verse_n 18._o and_o church_n *_o sit_v on_o high_a and_o in_o a_o exalt_a state_n verse_n 9_o upon_o a_o scarlet_a 9_o colour_a beast_n i._n e._n the_o roman_a empire_n full_a of_o name_n or_o kind_n of_o blasphemy_n i.e._n of_o all_o 10_o manner_n of_o idol_n and_o idolatry_n and_o idolatrous_a title_n and_o office_n have_v seven_o head_n or_o successive_a form_n of_o government_n verse_n 9_o 10._o and_o ten_o horn_n i._n e._n king_n verse_n 12._o 7_o the_o wilderness_n be_v a_o proper_a place_n for_o he_o to_o see_v this_o vision_n in_o 1._o because_o place_n of_o retirement_n and_o solitude_n be_v fit_a for_o the_o reception_n of_o divine_a illumination_n and_o for_o meditation_n and_o to_o signify_v that_o a_o clear_a and_o distinct_a view_n of_o the_o apostasy_n can_v not_o be_v take_v but_o by_o one_o who_o have_v retire_v at_o some_o distance_n from_o it_o and_o from_o its_o bewitch_a pleasure_n and_o the_o hurry_n and_o noise_n which_o attend_v its_o city_n church_n and_o court_n 2._o because_o the_o woman_n the_o pure_a church_n be_v in_o the_o wilderness_n he_o can_v best_o compare_v they_o and_o distinguish_v the_o one_o from_o the_o other_o 8_o church_n and_o city_n be_v represent_v by_o woman_n in_o prophecy_n chap._n prophecy_n isa_n 54.6_o jerrm_n 6.2_o ezek_n 16_o 30._o and_o 23d_o chap._n as_o they_o be_v also_o in_o ancient_a coin_n and_o picture_n and_o although_o a_o city_n be_v here_o chief_o signify_v as_o be_v plain_a from_o verse_n 18._o yet_o because_o the_o church_n be_v in_o the_o city_n and_o the_o foul_a and_o loathsome_a crime_n of_o the_o city_n here_o reprehend_v be_v with_o relation_n to_o church-corruption_n therefore_o that_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v and_o include_v in_o it_o *_o she_o sit_v on_o high_a on_o the_o beast_n by_o which_o she_o be_v bear_v up_o or_o exalt_v as_o imperial_a city_n be_v by_o the_o empire_n of_o which_o they_o be_v the_o chief_a seat_n 9_o scarlet_a colour_n denote_v royal_a authority_n as_o appear_v from_o dan._n 5._o matth._n 27.28_o and_o the_o military_a robe_n of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n be_v also_o of_o that_o colour_n whereby_o be_v apposite_o signify_v the_o tyrannical_a cruelty_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o that_o this_o woman_n or_o city_n be_v seat_v in_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o be_v the_o imperial_a city_n of_o it_o 10_o all_o which_o may_v be_v include_v in_o 45._o in_o see_v chap._n 2_o 9_o 11_o 13._o numb_a 45._o name_n of_o blasphemy_n and_o be_v plain_o fulfil_v in_o the_o numerous_a kind_n of_o idolatry_n and_o idolatrous_a office_n in_o use_n under_o the_o roman_a antichristian_a jurisdiction_n no_o other_o beast_n be_v proper_a to_o carry_v a_o whore_n or_o a_o apostate_n church_n but_o a_o apostate_n one_o 4_o and_o the_o woman_n i._n e._n the_o romish_a city_n and_o church_n be_v array_v in_o purple_a 11_o and_o scarlet_a colour_n i._n e._n arrogate_a to_o herself_o imperial_a power_n and_o majesty_n and_o deck_v 12_o with_o gold_n and_o precious_a stone_n and_o pearl_n i._n e._n be_v a_o pompous_a and_o worldly_a church_n full_a of_o pride_n and_o riches_n have_v a_o golden_a cup_n 13_o in_o her_o hand_n i._n e._n tempt_v bait_n and_o powerful_a motive_n ready_a at_o hand_n to_o entice_v worldly_a mind_n full_a of_o abomination_n 14_o and_o filthiness_n of_o her_o fornication_n i._n e._n of_o abominable_a and_o loathsome_a idolatry_n 11_o scarlet_n be_v the_o habit_n of_o the_o roman_n in_o war_n and_o purple_a the_o habit_n of_o the_o emperor_n and_o senate_n in_o time_n of_o peace_n as_o grotius_n observe_v on_o the_o place_n whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o this_o be_v
a_o imperial_a roman_a city_n it_o be_v also_o observable_a 1._o that_o this_o woman_n take_v to_o herself_o the_o colour_n of_o the_o ornament_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o god_n as_o grotius_n also_o note_n which_o be_v of_o 25.4_o of_o exod_a 25.4_o purple_a and_o scarlet_a whereby_o her_o idolatrous_a usurpation_n of_o what_o belong_v to_o god_n may_v be_v set_v forth_o and_o 2._o that_o these_o colour_n be_v much_o affect_v in_o the_o papacy_n rem_fw-la papacy_n heidegger_n in_o apocalyps_n pag._n 429_o 430._o platin._n in_o vit._n paul_n secundi_fw-la vide_fw-la bezae_fw-la argutum_fw-la epigramma_fw-la in_o hanc_fw-la rem_fw-la that_o christ_n priest_n say_v baronius_n may_v be_v in_o their_o pomp_n equal_a to_o the_o high_a priest_n among_o the_o heathen_n 12_o such_o be_v also_o wont_a to_o be_v the_o attire_n of_o harlot_n prov._n 17.10_o and_o it_o be_v observable_a that_o the_o papacy_n have_v not_o only_o excessive_a riches_n and_o revenue_n but_o that_o the_o pope_n the_o rycaut_n be_v preface_n to_o the_o life_n of_o the_o pope_n pope_n have_v be_v so_o prodigal_a in_o procure_v ornament_n and_o jewel_n for_o their_o own_o pontifical_a attire_n and_o especial_o their_o triple_a crown_n a_o fatal_a counterfeit_n of_o christ_n many_o crown_n rev._n 19.12_o that_o they_o have_v often_o run_v the_o papacy_n into_o debt_n by_o it_o which_o by_o their_o prodigious_a pride_n be_v load_v with_o gold_n and_o jewel_n and_o become_v thereby_o so_o heavy_a that_o pope_n paul_n the_o second_o die_v of_o a_o apoplexy_n occasion_v by_o the_o weight_n of_o it_o 13_o babylon_n her_o type_n be_v say_v jerem._n 51.7_o to_o be_v the_o golden_a cup_n that_o have_v make_v the_o earth_n drunken_a with_o her_o wine_n 14_o abomination_n signify_v image_n or_o idol_n and_o the_o abominable_a practice_n accompany_v they_o 1_o king_n 11.5_o 7._o 2_o king_n 23.24_o jerem._n 7_o 30._o â—2_n 34._o 5_o and_o upon_o she_o 15_o forehead_n after_o the_o impudent_a manner_n of_o a_o whoreish_a woman_n ezek_n 23_o and_o 16.30_o be_v a_o name_n 16_o write_v so_o plain_o that_o it_o may_v be_v read_v and_o understand_v by_o those_o who_o exercise_v spiritual_a wisdom_n verse_n 9_o mystery_n 17_o of_o iniquity_n 2_o thes_n 2.7_o 18_o babylon_n the_o great_a i.e._n the_o metropolis_n of_o the_o four_o or_o roman_a empire_n the_o 19_o mother_n city_n and_o church_n of_o harlot_n i._n e._n of_o idolatrous_a city_n and_o church_n and_o abomination_n i._n e._n the_o chief_n author_n and_o promoter_n of_o image_n worship_n and_o other_o filthy_a 20_o and_o unclean_a doctrine_n and_o practice_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n of_o the_o apostasy_n 15_o critic_n have_v observe_v that_o harlot_n be_v wont_a to_o have_v their_o name_n write_v on_o the_o portal_n of_o the_o house_n where_o they_o prostitute_v themselves_o and_o sometime_o upon_o their_o forehead_n and_o that_o hereby_o be_v according_o signify_v the_o notorious_a impudence_n of_o her_o idolatry_n although_o i_o presume_v that_o this_o may_v be_v rather_o a_o allusion_n to_o the_o title_n 28.36_o title_n exod._n 28.36_o upon_o the_o forefront_n of_o the_o mitre_n of_o the_o jewish_a high_a priest_n which_o have_v holiness_n to_o the_o lord_n write_v upon_o it_o and_o that_o hereby_o be_v intimate_v that_o this_o apostate_n church_n be_v of_o a_o contrary_a temper_n and_o spirit_n to_o what_o god_n require_v in_o his_o church_n and_o servant_n 16_o she_o be_v not_o one_o of_o those_o who_o god_n have_v seal_v in_o the_o forehead_n but_o have_v her_o crime_n write_v upon_o it_o her_o sin_n be_v public_a and_o notorious_a and_o easy_o to_o be_v discern_v by_o the_o mind_n that_o have_v wisdom_n 17_o hereby_o be_v evident_o signify_v that_o this_o woman_n have_v complete_v and_o bring_v forth_o that_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n which_o begin_v to_o work_v when_o the_o apostle_n write_v to_o the_o thessalonian_o call_v a_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n because_o it_o undermine_v christianity_n the_o mystery_n of_o godliness_n by_o the_o specious_a pretence_n of_o promote_a and_o advance_v it_o as_o dr._n moor_n have_v show_v in_o his_o mystery_n of_o inibuity_n where_o he_o have_v also_o plain_o prove_v that_o this_o have_v be_v actual_o do_v by_o the_o romish_a church_n who_o religion_n and_o worship_n especial_o in_o what_o belong_v to_o the_o mystery_n of_o the_o mass_n be_v so_o mystical_a that_o many_o book_n have_v be_v write_v to_o give_v the_o signification_n of_o it_o and_o of_o the_o habit_n of_o their_o priest_n and_o the_o ceremoniet_fw-la and_o vestment_n they_o make_v use_v of_o and_o that_o papal_a rome_n be_v hereby_o mean_v will_v appear_v more_o evident_o from_o what_o scaliger_n have_v note_v on_o this_o place_n viz._n that_o the_o word_n fulmen_fw-la word_n heidegger_n in_o apocalyps_n cap._n 17._o pag._n 160._o downham_n of_o antichrist_n and_o bishop_n barlow'_v brutum_fw-la fulmen_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v engrave_v on_o the_o frontlet_n of_o the_o pope_n mitre_n and_o be_v change_v by_o julius_n the_o three_o when_o the_o protestant_n begin_v to_o adapt_v this_o prophecy_n to_o the_o papacy_n which_o be_v also_o confess_v to_o be_v true_a by_o brocardus_n a_o papist_n in_o his_o note_n upon_o this_o place_n who_o live_v in_o the_o time_n of_o pope_n julius_n and_o be_v but_o faint_o deny_v by_o lessius_fw-la in_o his_o answer_n to_o king_n james_n 18_o babylon_n be_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o assyrian_a monarchy_n and_o be_v confess_v 1.3_o confess_v dr._n cressener_n lib._n 1.3_o by_o almost_o all_o interpreter_n ancient_a and_o modern_a popish_a as_o well_o as_o protestant_a to_o be_v a_o type_n of_o rome_n which_o in_o here_o describe_v by_o the_o phrase_n nabuchadnezzar_n make_v use_v of_o when_o he_o proud_o glory_v in_o babylon_n as_o the_o seat_n of_o his_o kingdom_n from_o whence_o it_o appear_v that_o rome_n be_v here_o mean_v under_o the_o relation_n of_o be_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o four_o empire_n as_o babylon_n be_v of_o the_o first_o and_o rome_n as_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o four_o empire_n under_o its_o antichristian_a king_n must_v be_v here_o mean_v because_o it_o be_v call_v the_o mother_n of_o harlot_n which_o be_v a_o phrase_n peculiar_a to_o a_o apostate_n city_n and_o church_n in_o scripture_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v on_o numb_a 4._o 19_o the_o chief_n of_o the_o idolatrous_a church_n from_o whence_o idolatry_n be_v derive_v and_o propagate_v to_o all_o other_o and_o on_o which_o they_o depend_v as_o member_n of_o it_o in_o opposition_n to_o the_o true_a jerusalem_n the_o mother_n of_o we_o all_o gal._n 4.26_o 20_o such_o as_o the_o denial_n of_o marriage_n to_o the_o clergy_n whereby_o uncleanness_n be_v promote_v the_o toleration_n and_o defence_n of_o fornication_n and_o other_o abominable_a doctrine_n and_o practice_n which_o be_v teach_v or_o connive_v at_o under_o the_o papacy_n 6_o and_o i_o see_v the_o woman_n as_o it_o be_v drunken_a with_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o saint_n or_o holy_a and_o pure_a christian_n which_o she_o have_v spill_v with_o a_o excessive_a and_o insatiable_a greediness_n and_o delight_n and_o with_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o martyr_n of_o jesus_n i._n e._n his_o special_a and_o faithful_a witness_n and_o when_o i_o see_v she_o i_o wonder_v 21_o with_o great_a admiration_n what_o this_o vision_n shall_v mean_v 21_o this_o show_n that_o rome_n antiehristian_n must_v be_v here_o understand_v for_o it_o will_v have_v be_v no_o such_o strange_a sight_n to_o have_v see_v pagan_a rome_n defile_v with_o idolatry_n and_o drink_v with_o the_o blood_n of_o christian_n 7_o and_o the_o angel_n say_v unto_o i_o wherefore_o do_v thou_o marvel_v for_o the_o thing_n when_o thou_o understand_v it_o more_o full_o will_v not_o seem_v so_o strange_a and_o therefore_o ay_o will_n 22_o tell_v or_o explain_v unto_o thee_o the_o mystery_n or_o secret_a meaning_n and_o import_v of_o the_o woman_n i._n e._n the_o city_n and_o church_n and_o of_o the_o beast_n i._n e._n the_o roman_a empire_n that_o carry_v or_o support_v she_o verse_n 3_o which_o have_v the_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n verse_n 3_o 22_o here_o the_o angel_n contrary_a to_o his_o wont_a custom_n explain_v the_o vision_n to_o he_o which_o show_v that_o it_o be_v a_o very_a remarkable_a one_o and_o upon_o which_o the_o understanding_n of_o all_o the_o other_o depend_v very_o much_o 8_o the_o beast_n or_o roman_a empire_n as_o under_o its_o seven_o head_n the_o papacy_n verse_n 10_o 11._o which_o thou_o see_v carry_v the_o woman_n verse_n 3_o be_v 23_o in_o the_o six_o head_n the_o pagan_a emperor_n verse_n 10_o and_o be_v 23_o not_o as_o yet_o rise_v and_o arrive_v to_o a_o antichristian_a supremacy_n see_v chap._n 13._o 11_o 12._o and_o or_o but_o shall_v ascend_v 23_o out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n and_o arrive_v to_o that_o
to_o gather_v they_o together_o from_o all_o part_n to_o 28_o battle_n i._n e._n to_o oppose_v persecute_v and_o destroy_v christ_n kingdom_n upon_o earth_n the_o 29_o number_n of_o who_o be_v as_o the_o sand_n of_o the_o sea_n i._n e._n exceed_o great_a ezek_n 38.8_o 9_o 15_o 16._o 26_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 12._o 〈◊〉_d grot._n in_o matth._n 5_o 7._o eph._n 2.11_o 12._o that_o be_v gentile_n or_o alien_n from_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n banish_v as_o it_o be_v from_o that_o happy_a society_n into_o the_o four_o quarter_n or_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o live_v there_o as_o without_o god_n in_o the_o new_a world_n of_o the_o messiah_n believe_v indeed_o but_o as_o the_o devil_n do_v with_o tremble_v which_o be_v a_o spiritual_a death_n who_o be_v typify_v by_o the_o hamonah_n and_o multitude_n of_o nation_n ezek._n 38_o 8_o 9_o 15_o 16.39_o 11_o 16._o who_o be_v to_o come_v up_o against_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n after_o the_o resurrection_n conversion_n and_o return_v of_o the_o jew_n and_o their_o union_n with_o the_o gentile_n into_o one_o church_n as_o appear_v from_o ezek._n chapter_n 36_o 37_o 38_o 39_o now_o whatsoever_o be_v mean_v by_o these_o nation_n in_o ezekiel_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o in_o this_o place_n they_o can_v be_v no_o other_o than_o some_o of_o those_o to_o who_o the_o thousand_o year_n be_v here_o assign_v who_o be_v the_o whole_a of_o mankind_n and_o see_v that_o it_o can_v be_v suppose_v that_o the_o saint_n of_o any_o kind_n can_v be_v possible_o engage_v in_o such_o a_o design_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n as_o be_v the_o save_v and_o heal_v the_o live_n the_o son_n and_o partaker_n of_o the_o first_o resurrection_n and_o secure_v by_o christ_n the_o second_o adam_n in_o a_o state_n of_o righteousness_n who_o will_v lose_v none_o that_o be_v he_o as_o the_o first_o adam_n do_v it_o will_v follow_v that_o by_o these_o nation_n must_v be_v understand_v the_o remnant_n slay_v the_o rest_n of_o the_o dead_a who_o live_v not_o again_o or_o the_o dead-wicked_n raise_v to_o a_o state_n of_o condemnation_n and_o continue_v under_o the_o awe_n and_o terror_n of_o it_o during_o the_o glory_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n who_o be_v now_o stir_v up_o by_o satan_n their_o head_n and_o ringleader_n to_o attack_v the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n who_o he_o think_v he_o may_v easy_o overcome_v now_o the_o more_o immediate_a presence_n and_o assistance_n of_o christ_n be_v withdraw_v from_o they_o and_o to_o this_o sense_n agree_v many_o expression_n in_o ezekiel_n who_o call_v they_o the_o multitude_n or_o nation_n of_o the_o dead_a chap._n 39_o 8-17_a and_o also_o the_o general_a scope_n of_o this_o chapter_n which_o have_v a_o relation_n as_o be_v grant_v by_o all_o interpreter_n to_o what_o will_v come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o last_o judgement_n and_o the_o resurrection_n *_o in_o the_o four_o corner_n or_o angle_n of_o the_o new_a earth_n which_o be_v represent_v as_o a_o square_a city_n or_o camp_n without_o which_o as_o it_o be_v at_o the_o four_o angle_n and_o corner_n of_o it_o the_o wicked_a be_v place_v here_o and_o chap._n 22.15_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o custom_n among_o the_o jew_n of_o execute_v offender_n without_o the_o camp_n and_o city_n and_o of_o exclude_v and_o excommunicate_v all_o unclean_a person_n out_o of_o it_o numb_a 5_o 14_a heb._n 13.11_o 12_o 13._o 27_o this_o be_v a_o plain_a proof_n that_o these_o nation_n be_v typify_v by_o the_o multitude_n of_o the_o dead_a in_o ezekiel_n who_o call_v they_o gog_n and_o the_o land_n of_o magog_n by_o which_o the_o 41._o the_o ezek._n 32_o 26.38_o 15.39_o 2._o the_o mogul-tartar_n above_o the_o wall_n of_o china_n be_v call_v so_o by_o the_o arabian_a writer_n dr._n hyde_n epist_n de_fw-fr mensuris_fw-la sinens_fw-la see_v mr._n mede_n pag._n 574._o and_o ep._n 41._o northern_a and_o scythian_a nation_n be_v understand_v in_o scripture_n a_o type_n of_o the_o enemy_n of_o god_n church_n and_o kingdom_n prophesy_v of_o in_o old_a time_n by_o the_o servant_n of_o god_n the_o prophet_n of_o israel_n under_o the_o name_n of_o such_o nation_n as_o be_v the_o chief_a enemy_n of_o the_o jew_n in_o the_o particular_a time_n of_o each_o prophet_n ezek._n 38.17_o so_o that_o gog_n and_o magog_n seem_v to_o denote_v the_o whole_a multitude_n of_o god_n enemy_n in_o each_o age_n which_o admirable_o agree_v with_o what_o have_v be_v discourse_v already_o to_o wit_n that_o these_o nation_n be_v the_o wicked_a dead_a of_o every_o age_n of_o the_o world_n raise_v to_o condemnation_n 29_o this_o battle_n be_v distinct_a from_o that_o at_o armageddon_n which_o be_v before_o the_o thousand_o year_n neither_o will_v it_o appear_v incredible_a that_o the_o fall_v angel_n and_o the_o damn_a shall_v again_o attempt_v such_o a_o design_n and_o that_o after_o they_o have_v experience_v the_o power_n of_o christ_n wrath_n for_o a_o thousand_o year_n if_o we_o consider_v that_o the_o devil_n retain_v the_o same_o enmity_n against_o god_n notwithstanding_o their_o many_o age_n of_o punishment_n and_o their_o expectation_n of_o a_o eternal_a doom_n and_o that_o this_o attempt_n be_v under_o the_o wise_a permission_n and_o order_n of_o almighty_a god_n at_o a_o time_n when_o his_o more_o immediate_a glorious_a presence_n be_v withdraw_v from_o the_o new_a earth_n of_o his_o saint_n and_o the_o laodicean_n state_n of_o coldness_n and_o indifferency_n to_o the_o glory_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n begin_v for_o the_o wicked_a nation_n as_o they_o go_v down_o to_o hell_n according_a to_o the_o expression_n of_o ezekiel_n chap._n 32.26_o 27._o with_o their_o weapon_n of_o war_n that_o be_v with_o the_o same_o enmity_n to_o christ_n in_o which_o they_o live_v and_o lay_v their_o sword_n under_o their_o head_n in_o a_o readiness_n to_o act_v the_o same_o wickedness_n over_o again_o so_o be_v they_o raise_v with_o the_o same_o passion_n only_o the_o more_o enrage_a for_o their_o punishment_n and_o may_v very_o well_o be_v suppose_v out_o of_o envy_n and_o revenge_n for_o their_o long_a confinement_n under_o a_o state_n of_o punishment_n and_o infamy_n to_o engage_v in_o this_o attempt_n 29_o although_o the_o number_n of_o the_o wicked_a who_o shall_v be_v raise_v to_o condemnation_n will_v be_v very_o great_a yet_o there_o will_v not_o be_v any_o inconvenience_n to_o our_o assertion_n from_o thence_o as_o if_o the_o earth_n will_v be_v encumber_v with_o so_o vast_a a_o number_n of_o wicked_a person_n because_o no_o very_a great_a space_n will_v be_v require_v for_o their_o confinement_n if_o that_o be_v true_a which_o be_v assert_v by_o sir_n william_n london_n william_n see_v his_o essay_n in_o political_a arithmetic_n concern_v the_o growth_n of_o the_o city_n of_o london_n petty_a that_o half_o the_o island_n of_o ireland_n will_v afford_v not_o only_o foot_v to_o stand_v upon_o but_o grave_n to_o lie_v down_o in_o for_o the_o whole_a number_n of_o man_n now_o live_v and_o also_o for_o those_o that_o have_v die_v since_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n to_o which_o may_v be_v add_v that_o their_o body_n shall_v be_v spiritual_a they_o be_v to_o partake_v of_o the_o spirituality_n of_o the_o resurrection_n although_o not_o of_o the_o purity_n and_o blessedness_n of_o it_o 9_o and_o they_o go_v up_o in_o battle_n array_n 1_o king_n 10.1_o from_o the_o quarter_n and_o corner_n to_o which_o they_o be_v confine_v on_o the_o breadth_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n to_o assault_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o have_v spread_v itself_o over_o the_o whole_a earth_n isa_n 8_o 8.49_o 6._o psalm_n 72.8_o and_o compass_a or_o besiege_a the_o camp_n 30_o of_o the_o saint_n who_o reign_v with_o christ_n verse_n 6._o and_o the_o 31_o belove_a city_n i._n e._n they_o endeavour_v to_o destroy_v christ_n kingdom_n and_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n on_o earth_n see_v on_o chap._n 21.2_o 3._o and_o 32_o or_o but_o fire_v come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n and_o devour_v they_o i._n e._n they_o be_v sudden_o and_o miraculous_o discomfit_v by_o god_n and_o most_o severe_a judgement_n be_v inflict_v upon_o they_o by_o god_n fiery_a wrath_n and_o indignation_n ezek._n 38.22_o 23.39_o 6_o 9_o 10._o 30_o a_o metaphor_n from_o the_o camp_n of_o the_o israelite_n in_o the_o wilderness_n a_o type_n of_o the_o church_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n see_v ainsworth_n on_o numb_a 2.27_o 31_o jerusalem_n be_v call_v god_n belove_v psalm_n 60_o 5.108_o 6._o which_o be_v a_o type_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n the_o holy_a city_n the_o bride_n and_o belove_v of_o her_o husband_n chap._n 21._o 32_o the_o israelite_n be_v represent_v by_o ezekiel_n chap._n 38.11_o as_o live_v in_o unwall_v village_n without_o bar_n and_o gate_n
12_o the_o new_a thing_n i._n e._n grace_n and_o blessing_n of_o my_o new_a kingdom_n under_o which_o be_v comprise_v all_o that_o be_v real_o desirable_a and_o all_o the_o promise_v make_v to_o the_o church_n chapter_n 2_o and_o 3._o and_o i_o christ_n god-man_n 12_o will_v be_v his_o god_n and_o father_n as_o have_v beget_v he_o to_o this_o new_a life_n eph._n 2.10_o and_o he_o shall_v be_v my_o son_n i._n e._n the_o promise_v of_o the_o new_a covenant_n and_o the_o privilege_n of_o adoption_n shall_v be_v bestow_v upon_o he_o in_o the_o high_a and_o full_a sense_n of_o they_o sâ—e_v on_o verse_n 3._o 12_o 12_o here_o be_v declare_v that_o the_o 8._o the_o rom._n 8._o restauration_n of_o all_o thing_n and_o the_o adoption_n to_o the_o inheritance_n and_o redemption_n of_o body_n will_v be_v full_o complete_v only_o in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n who_o be_v the_o father_n of_o the_o new_a world_n the_o world_n to_o come_v 8_o but_o all_o the_o 13_o fearful_a of_o the_o antichristian_a state_n especial_o who_o dare_v not_o hold_v fast_o the_o profession_n of_o their_o faith_n without_o waver_v but_o for_o fear_n forsake_v the_o assemble_v of_o themselves_o draw_v back_o unto_o perdition_n heb._n 12.23_o 25_o 38_o 39_o and_o unbeleive_v in_o the_o promise_v of_o christ_n come_v because_o of_o his_o long_a delay_n and_o who_o upon_o that_o draw_v back_o from_o the_o true_a faith_n and_o scoff_n at_o it_o heb._n 12_o 35-39_a 2_o pet._n 2_o and_o 3_o chapter_n the_o abominable_a and_n defile_v in_o their_o mind_n conscience_n and_o practice_n and_o to_o every_o good_a work_n reprobate_a tit._n 1.15_o 16._o and_o murderer_n especial_o of_o the_o witness_n and_o saint_n chap._n 18.24_o and_o whoremonger_n who_o practice_v and_o advance_v doctrine_n which_o promote_v uncleanness_n chap_n 2.6_o 15_o and_o sorcerer_n who_o bewitch_v soul_n chap._n 18.23_o and_o idolater_n as_o the_o antichristian_a party_n be_v by_o way_n of_o eminence_n and_o all_o liar_n who_o belâ—eve_v and_o make_v a_o lie_n especial_o the_o great_a one_o of_o antichristianism_n rev._n 3.9_o 2_o thes_n 2.9_o 1_o tim._n 4.2_o shall_v have_v their_o part_n not_o in_o the_o first_o resurrection_n to_o blessedness_n and_o holiness_n but_o in_o the_o lake_n which_o burn_v with_o fire_n and_o brimstone_n which_o be_v the_o second_o death_n be_v that_o eternal_a see_v on_o chap._n 20.6_o 10_o 14_o 15._o 13_o all_o sort_n of_o sinner_n be_v here_o understand_v but_o most_o especial_o the_o antichristian_a to_o who_o the_o character_n agree_v antichrist_n be_v the_o man_n of_o sin_n and_o shinar_n or_o babylon_n which_o be_v antichristian_a rome_n be_v the_o very_a house_n and_o base_a of_o all_o wickedness_n ezek._n 5.8_o 11._o rev._n 18.24_o 9_o and_o there_o come_v unto_o i_o 14_o one_o or_o the_o first_o and_o principal_a of_o the_o seven_o angel_n which_o have_v the_o seven_o vial_n full_a of_o the_o seven_o last_o plague_n the_o very_o same_o who_o show_v i_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o great_a whore_n chap._n 17.1_o and_o talk_v with_o i_o say_v come_v hither_o i_o will_v show_v thou_o the_o 7-9_a the_o chap._n 19_o 7-9_a bride_n the_o lamb_n wife_n i._n e._n the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n and_o thou_o shall_v plain_o and_o more_o distinct_o see_v the_o nature_n of_o it_o and_o the_o vast_a difference_n there_o be_v betwixt_o it_o and_o the_o antichristian_a state_n which_o i_o before_o show_v thâ—e_n chap._n 17._o 14_o the_o same_o angel_n that_o show_v he_o the_o judgement_n on_o the_o great_a whore_n show_v he_o also_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n to_o manifest_v that_o the_o destruction_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o pour_v forth_o of_o the_o vial_n be_v high_o and_o immediate_o preparatory_a to_o christ_n kingdom_n 10_o and_o he_o carry_v i_o away_o in_o the_o spirit_n i._n e._n i_o be_v in_o a_o spiritual_a ecstasy_n and_o be_v carry_v in_o vision_n chap._n 1_o 10.17_o 3_o to_o a_o great_a and_o high_a mountain_n to_o denote_v the_o state_n of_o christ_n church_n and_o kingdom_n now_o become_v a_o mountain_n dan._n 2.35_o establish_a in_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mountain_n and_o exalt_v above_o the_o hill_n and_o to_o show_v that_o this_o be_v the_o city_n see_v by_o ezekiel_n when_o he_o be_v set_v upon_o a_o very_a high_a mountain_n isa_n 2.2_o ezek_n 40.2_o and_o show_v i_o not_o the_o antichristian_a city_n of_o the_o whore_n chap._n 17.3_o but_o that_o true_o great_a city_n the_o 4.9_o the_o burnet_n theory_n 4.9_o general_n assembly_n consist_v of_o all_o true_a believer_n and_o of_o the_o spirit_n of_o all_o just_a man_n make_v perfect_a heb._n 12.22_o 23._o the_o holy_a and_o heavenly_a jerusalem_n the_o city_n of_o the_o live_a god_n and_o not_o the_o impure_a idolatrous_a city_n of_o the_o whore_n descend_v out_o of_o heaven_n i._n e._n the_o high_a heaven_n into_o the_o low_a region_n of_o it_o verse_n 2._o from_o god_n by_o who_o it_o be_v build_v and_o the_o kingdom_n be_v set_v up_o dan._n 2.44_o heb._n 11.10_o 16._o 11_o have_v the_o glory_n of_o god_n i._n e._n the_o 15_o glorious_a presence_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o his_o saint_n matth._n 17_o 2._o john_n 1.14_o heb_fw-mi 1.3_o and_o her_o light_n 〈◊〉_d light_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o that_o which_o enlighten_v she_o be_v like_a unto_o a_o stone_n most_o precious_a even_o like_o a_o jasper_n stone_n clear_a as_o crystal_n i._n e._n the_o presence_n of_o christ_n be_v verse_n be_v of_o which_o the_o jasper_n be_v a_o emblem_n see_v grot._n on_o chap._n 4.3_o and_o on_o this_o verse_n firm_a and_o la_a dwell_v and_o abide_v in_o it_o and_o it_o be_v full_a of_o glory_n purity_n and_o holiness_n see_v on_o chap._n 4_o 3_o 15_o for_o this_o be_v the_o most_o proper_a representation_n of_o the_o divine_a glory_n of_o which_o the_o glorious_a appearance_n of_o fire_n light_n and_o bright_a cloud_n the_o schekinah_n under_o the_o old_a testament_n be_v but_o faint_a image_n and_o type_n 12_o and_o have_v a_o wall_n great_a and_o high_o i._o e_o it_o be_v under_o the_o immediate_a protection_n of_o divine_a omnipotency_n and_o those_o which_o be_v without_o be_v exclude_v from_o it_o isaiah_n 26_o 15_a 60_o 18._o zech._n 2.5_o rev._n 22.15_o and_o have_v twelve_o gate_n for_o free_v access_n to_o all_o true_a israelite_n or_o saint_n and_o at_o the_o gate_n twelve_o angel_n as_o cherubim_n to_o guard_v this_o new_a paradise_n that_o nothing_o which_o have_v not_o right_a to_o life_n may_v enter_v therein_o gen._n 3.24_o ezek._n 48.31_o and_o name_n write_v thereon_o which_o be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o twelve_o 16_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n to_o show_v that_o none_o but_o god_n people_n the_o true_a israelitism_n have_v a_o right_a to_o this_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n see_v on_o chap._n 7_o 4-10_a 16_o these_o be_v the_o very_a 14400_o who_o be_v seal_v chap._n 7._o 13_o on_o the_o east_n three_o gate_n on_o the_o north_n three_o gate_n on_o the_o south_n three_o gate_n and_o on_o the_o west_n three_o gate_n i._n e._n there_o be_v twelve_o gate_n answerable_a to_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n three_o on_o each_o side_n of_o the_o four_o square_a city_n towards_o each_o corner_n of_o the_o heaven_n to_o show_v that_o the_o whole_a israel_n of_o god_n or_o all_o true_a believer_n from_o every_o quarter_n of_o the_o world_n have_v a_o right_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o heaven_n luke_n 13.29_o see_v ezek._n 48_o 31-35_a 14_o and_o the_o wall_n of_o the_o city_n which_o be_v the_o security_n and_o protection_n of_o it_o and_o exclude_v every_o thing_n which_o be_v unclean_a have_v twelve_o foundation_n and_o in_o they_o thâ—_n name_n of_o the_o twelve_o apostle_n of_o the_o lamb_n slay_n from_o the_o foundation_n of_o the_o world_n to_o show_v that_o the_o kingdom_n and_o church_n of_o christ_n be_v secure_v and_o protect_v by_o the_o apostolical_a doctrine_n upon_o which_o it_o be_v build_v jesus_n christ_n the_o lamb_n of_o god_n who_o blood_n be_v the_o blood_n of_o the_o everlasting_a covenant_n by_o which_o all_o thing_n be_v secure_v unto_o we_o ratify_v and_o confirm_v be_v the_o chief_a cornerstone_n eph._n 2_o 19-22_a 15_o and_o he_o that_o talk_v with_o i_o i._n e._n the_o 17_o angel_n verse_n 9_o have_v a_o golden_a not_o a_o common_a reed_n to_o show_v that_o this_o be_v the_o glorious_a pure_a precious_a and_o refine_a state_n of_o the_o church_n of_o which_o that_o measure_v by_o ezekiel_n with_o a_o common_a reed_n be_v but_o a_o type_n ezek._n 40.3_o to_o measure_n the_o dimension_n and_o content_n of_o the_o holy_a 18_o city_n or_o whole_a visible_a church_n which_o be_v now_o rescue_v out_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o heathen_n and_o antichristian_a enemy_n and_o may_v therefore_o be_v measure_v as_o be_v
soul_n to_o call_v they_o back_o or_o retain_v they_o when_o they_o be_v depart_v out_o of_o the_o body_n and_o of_o death_n it_o self_n to_o keep_v man_n from_o it_o and_o therefore_o fear_v not_o for_o if_o you_o be_v real_o dead_a i_o can_v raise_v you_o up_o again_o all_o which_o look_v with_o a_o full_a eye_n on_o that_o great_a first_o resurrection_n c._n 20._o 28_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d see_v hammond_n on_o matth._n 11._o and_o bishop_n pearson_n on_o the_o creed_n 19_o and_n upon_o this_o assurance_n stand_v up_o upon_o thy_o foot_n and_o be_v of_o good_a courage_n and_o write_v in_o a_o book_n unto_o the_o seven_o church_n as_o i_o before_o command_v thou_o vers_n 11._o the_o thing_n which_o thou_o have_v see_v already_o 29_o in_o the_o representation_n of_o the_o seven_o star_n and_o seven_o golden_a candlestick_n vers_fw-la 12_o 13_o 16._o and_o 30_o write_v also_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v now_o in_o be_v in_o my_o present_a apostolical_a church_n and_o the_o thing_n which_o shall_v be_v hereafter_o successive_o to_o the_o very_a end_n of_o time_n 29_o it_o be_v manifest_a from_o the_o next_o verse_n that_o this_o be_v the_o true_a sense_n of_o these_o word_n where_o it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o the_o seven_o star_n be_v see_v by_o he_o in_o his_o right_a hand_n which_o be_v therefore_o the_o thing_n he_o have_v see_v and_o be_v write_v with_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o preface_n in_o a_o book_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n verse_n 11._o 30_o here_o he_o be_v command_v to_o write_v the_o epistle_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n the_o first_o of_o which_o viz._n that_o to_o ephesus_n as_o we_o have_v there_o show_v refer_v to_o the_o state_n of_o the_o then_o apostolical_a church_n begin_v at_o christ_n resurrection_n the_o other_o to_o the_o follow_v successive_a state_n of_o the_o church_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n 20_o which_o thing_n present_a and_o future_a be_v the_o 31_o mystery_n or_o the_o prophetical_a and_o mystical_a sense_n of_o the_o seven_o star_n which_o thou_o see_v in_o my_o right_a hand_n which_v be_v the_o thing_n thou_o have_v see_v and_o not_o the_o mystery_n to_o be_v write_v concern_v they_o and_o write_v the_o seven_a golden_a candlestick_n i_o e._n the_o mystery_n or_o mystic_a sense_n of_o they_o also_o the_o seven_o 32_o star_n be_v or_o signify_v and_o represent_v gen._n 41.26_o the_o angel_n 33_o or_o pastor_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n and_o the_o seven_o candlestick_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v the_o seven_o church_n or_o be_v 34_o seven_o church_n that_o be_v body_n of_o christian_n under_o their_o several_a pastor_n as_o well_o those_o which_o be_v now_o as_o those_o which_o shall_v be_v successive_o hereafter_o 31_o these_o word_n which_o be_v of_o the_o accusative_a case_n and_o put_v by_o way_n of_o apposition_n plain_o refer_v only_o to_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v and_o shall_v be_v which_o be_v here_o say_v to_o be_v the_o mystery_n or_o mystical_a meaning_n of_o the_o seven_o star_n which_o therefore_o be_v not_o refer_v to_o as_o be_v not_o themselves_o the_o mystery_n but_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v to_o be_v mystical_o explain_v in_o the_o follow_a epistle_n and_o from_o hence_o also_o we_o be_v plain_o give_v to_o understand_v that_o the_o subject_a matter_n of_o these_o epistle_n be_v mystical_a and_o not_o bare_o literal_a and_o that_o they_o concern_v thing_n future_a as_o well_o as_o the_o present_a 32_o here_o be_v explain_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o star_n and_o candlestick_n who_o further_a mystical_a meaning_n as_o they_o relate_v to_o church_n then_o in_o be_v and_o to_o future_a succession_n of_o they_o and_o their_o pastor_n be_v large_o deliver_v in_o the_o follow_a epistle_n 33_o the_o minister_a spirit_n which_o attend_v on_o god_n be_v call_v angel_n in_o scripture_n from_o their_o be_v employ_v as_o messenger_n in_o his_o service_n and_o therefore_o by_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o church_n must_v be_v mean_v the_o pastor_n of_o they_o which_o be_v here_o clear_o distinguish_v from_o the_o church_n themselves_o from_o their_o like_a office_n of_o deliver_v god_n message_n to_o the_o people_n and_o put_v up_o their_o prayer_n unto_o he_o upon_o which_o account_n the_o jewish_a priest_n be_v call_v the_o messenger_n or_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n malach._n 2.7_o where_o angel_n that_o i_o may_v observe_v this_o by_o the_o way_n be_v evident_o take_v collectively_o as_o dr._n pocock_n on_o the_o place_n confess_v for_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o whole_a jewish_a priesthood_n comprehend_v there_o under_o the_o common_a name_n of_o levi_n their_o father_n and_o speak_v of_o as_o one_o person_n because_o they_o be_v all_o of_o the_o fame_n stock_n and_o all_o separate_v to_o the_o same_o function_n and_o as_o they_o be_v upon_o this_o account_n call_v angel_n so_o be_v they_o call_v star_n from_o their_o office_n of_o enlighten_v or_o instruct_v other_o by_o angel_n therefore_o in_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a chapter_n be_v mean_v the_o evangelical_n ministry_n represent_v by_o angel_n as_o all_o other_o ministerial_a agent_n be_v in_o this_o prophecy_n because_o the_o present_a world_n be_v subject_a to_o angel_n under_o christ_n the_o head_n of_o they_o and_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o covenant_n whereas_o the_o world_n to_o come_v that_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n at_o his_o last_o come_n as_o the_o apostle_n speak_v heb._n 2.5_o be_v to_o be_v rule_v by_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n and_o be_v not_o to_o be_v in_o subjection_n unto_o angel_n 34_o it_o be_v here_o say_v that_o the_o seven_o candlestick_n be_v or_o signify_v seven_o church_n for_o so_o it_o be_v in_o the_o greek_a not_o the_o seven_o church_n which_o may_v seem_v to_o have_v determine_v they_o to_o the_o seven_o in_o asia_n the_o epistle_n be_v indeed_o to_o be_v send_v to_o the_o seven_o church_n of_o asia_n ver_fw-la 11._o but_o the_o mystical_a meaning_n of_o they_o be_v not_o here_o say_v to_o belong_v to_o the_o angel_n or_o to_o the_o seven_o church_n of_o asia_n only_o but_o to_o seven_o church_n and_o to_o the_o angel_n of_o they_o from_o whence_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o they_o be_v prophetical_a relate_v to_o seven_o succession_n of_o the_o universal_a church_n see_v mr._n church_n mr._n book_n 1._o disc_n 52._o and_o pag._n 905._o doctor_n moor_n exposition_n of_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n mede_n chap._n ii_o the_o text._n unto_o the_o angel_n or_o evangelical_n ministry_n chap._n 1._o 20._o of_o the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n that_o be_v now_o plant_v there_o and_o of_o that_o period_n 1_o of_o the_o church_n which_o be_v mystical_o represent_v by_o it_o write_v these_o thing_n say_v he_o that_o hold_v the_o seven_o star_n in_o his_o right_a hand_n who_o walk_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o seven_o golden_a candlestick_n i._n e._n christ_n the_o light_n of_o the_o world_n who_o be_v more_o immediate_o present_a with_o they_o to_o enlighten_v guide_n and_o support_v they_o chap._n 1._o 13_o 16_o 20._o annotation_n on_o chap._n ii_o 1_o this_o i_o shall_v hereafter_o endeavour_v to_o make_v out_o to_o be_v the_o principal_a if_o not_o only_a drift_n of_o these_o epistle_n from_o such_o character_n and_o argument_n as_o shall_v arise_v from_o the_o text_n itself_o very_o good_a interpreter_n and_o particular_o grotius_n on_o revel_n 1.11_o have_v thought_n that_o the_o several_a succession_n of_o the_o church_n here_o represent_v be_v intimate_v in_o their_o very_a name_n according_a to_o a_o way_n of_o allusion_n make_v use_v of_o in_o scripture_n as_o well_o as_o in_o heathen_a author_n for_o thus_o the_o god_n of_o ekron_n who_o true_a name_n be_v think_v to_o have_v be_v baal_n zebachim_n or_o the_o lord_n of_o sacrifice_n be_v call_v in_o derision_n baal_n zebub_n or_o the_o lord_n of_o fly_n and_o belzebul_n or_o the_o dunghill_n god_n and_o the_o prophet_n micah_n 1.14_o 15._o manifest_o allude_v to_o the_o name_n of_o city_n call_v achzib_n a_o lie_n as_o if_o its_o name_n be_v derive_v from_o cazab_n which_o in_o hebrew_n signify_v to_o lie_v and_o the_o city_n mareshah_n be_v threaten_v to_o be_v disinherit_v in_o allusion_n to_o its_o name_n and_o adullam_n be_v call_v the_o glory_n of_o israel_n perhaps_o say_v doctor_n pocock_n on_o the_o place_n from_o its_o situation_n its_o strength_n or_o its_o beauty_n or_o some_o other_o reason_n probable_o take_v from_o its_o name_n as_o the_o other_o be_v although_o now_o unknown_a and_o such_o paronomasia_n or_o allusion_n may_v be_v more_o frequent_a in_o scripture_n than_o we_o think_v for_o by_o reason_n of_o our_o ignorance_n in_o the_o premitive_a language_n and_o of_o the_o story_n and_o circumstance_n of_o the_o place_n who_o name_n be_v allude_v to_o 2_o
interpret_v thus_o to_o come_v and_o worship_v god_n before_o thy_o foot_n according_a to_o a_o parallel_a place_n of_o the_o apostle_n 1_o cor._n 14.25_o 10_o because_o thou_o have_v keep_v and_o observe_n the_o word_n 25_o or_o precept_n of_o my_o patience_n i._n e._n of_o the_o patience_n which_o i_o teach_v and_o practise_v especial_o in_o expect_v with_o i_o the_o come_n of_o my_o kingdom_n and_o that_o in_o a_o low_a and_o mean_a condition_n i_o also_o will_v keep_v thou_o or_o this_o church_n state_n entire_a from_o the_o hour_n or_o sudden_a and_o unexpected_a time_n of_o 26_o temptation_n or_o general_a trial_n which_o shall_v come_v upon_o all_o the_o world_n to_o try_v they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o earth_n whether_o their_o church_n state_n be_v pure_a or_o no_o and_o to_o purify_v some_o and_o destroy_v other_o dan._n 12.1_o malach._n 3.2_o 3._o 2_o pet._n 2.9_o 1_o cor._n 3_o 11.-15_a 25_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d signify_v a_o precept_n or_o doctrine_n of_o patience_n in_o the_o sense_n that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o word_n be_v take_v 1_o cor._n 1.18_o and_o to_o keep_v the_o word_n as_o the_o phrase_n be_v frequent_o use_v in_o john_n gospel_n be_v to_o observe_v that_o precept_n and_o that_o chief_o with_o reference_n to_o a_o patient_a expectation_n of_o christ_n come_v as_o the_o phrase_n be_v take_v 2_o thes_n 3.5_o and_o rev._n 1.9_o 26_o this_o i_o suppose_v be_v to_o be_v understand_v concern_v the_o pour_v out_o of_o the_o vial_n as_o shall_v be_v endeavour_v to_o be_v show_v when_o they_o come_v to_o be_v consider_v 11_o behold_v i_o come_v to_o try_v and_o judge_v they_o quick_o or_o on_o a_o sudden_a after_o this_o period_n of_o the_o church_n begin_v to_o appear_v hold_v that_o fast_n which_o thou_o have_v receive_v and_o keep_v that_o no_o man_n take_v 27_o thy_o crown_n i_o e._n rob_v thou_o of_o that_o reward_n thou_o shall_v have_v in_o my_o kingdom_n 27_o no_o churches_n so_o perfect_a but_o that_o it_o be_v possible_a for_o they_o if_o leave_v to_o themselves_o to_o be_v pervert_v and_o no_o man_n so_o nigh_o the_o goal_n but_o he_o may_v lose_v the_o prize_n if_o he_o be_v not_o by_o the_o grace_n of_o god_n make_v watchful_a and_o careful_a and_o here_o we_o be_v to_o observe_v that_o these_o promise_n be_v take_v from_o the_o new_a jerusalem-state_n in_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o that_o they_o be_v make_v after_o the_o most_o ample_a and_o plain_a manner_n to_o this_o church-state_n because_o of_o its_o great_a purity_n and_o patience_n in_o expect_v that_o kingdom_n and_o its_o fitness_n to_o receive_v it_o in_o the_o near_a approach_n of_o it_o in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n 12_o for_o him_n that_o overcome_v the_o temptation_n of_o this_o poor_a and_o despise_a church_n state_n will_n i_o make_v a_o 28_o pillar_n in_o the_o temple_n of_o my_o god_n i._n e._n he_o shall_v be_v a_o member_n of_o a_o strong_a fix_v and_o stable_a church_n state_n and_o he_o shall_v go_v no_o more_o out_o of_o it_o for_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v change_v and_o i_o will_v write_v 29_o upon_o he_o or_o upon_o this_o pillar_n the_o name_n of_o my_o god_n jehovah_n and_o the_o name_n of_o the_o city_n of_o my_o god_n the_o lord_n be_v there_o ezek._n 48.35_o which_o be_v 30_o new_a jerusalem_n i._n e._n the_o perfect_a gospel_n state_n in_o christ_n kingdom_n hebr._n 12.22_o which_o come_v down_o out_o of_o heaven_n from_o my_o god_n i._n e._n shall_v be_v establish_v by_o god_n more_o immediate_a power_n and_o by_o abundant_a manifestation_n of_o gift_n and_o grace_n ezek._n 43.4_o 5_o 6_o 7_o 8._o gal._n 4.26_o see_v on_o rev._n 21.2_o 3._o and_o i_o will_v write_v upon_o he_o my_o new_a name_n rev._n 19.16.22_o 4._o i_o e._n he_o shall_v be_v 31_o a_o member_n of_o my_o kingdom_n who_o be_o king_n of_o king_n and_o lord_n of_o lord_n see_v before_o on_o verse_n 8._o and_o isa_n 56.5_o rev._n 19.12_o 28_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o two_o pillar_n before_o solomon_n temple_n call_v jachin_n and_o booz_n from_o their_o strength_n and_o stability_n 1_o king_n 7.15_o 21._o the_o apostle_n also_o be_v call_v pillar_n gal._n 2.9_o and_o the_o church_n the_o pillar_n of_o truth_n 1_o tim._n 3.15_o and_o christian_n be_v compare_v to_o a_o temple_n and_o its_o stone_n or_o pillar_n eph._n 2.21_o 1_o pet._n 2.5_o 29_o this_o may_v perhaps_o be_v a_o allusion_n to_o the_o inscription_n which_o be_v use_v to_o be_v put_v upon_o pillar_n hence_o the_o title_n of_o the_o sixteenth_o psalm_n be_v in_o the_o greek_a render_v a_o inscription_n upon_o a_o pillar_n and_o absalom_n pillar_n 2_o sam._n 18.18_o may_v have_v probable_o his_o name_n grave_v on_o it_o 30_o new_a be_v often_o in_o scripture_n put_v for_o excellent_a or_o perfect_a and_o this_o state_n may_v be_v call_v new_a because_o the_o visible_a glory_n of_o it_o do_v then_o first_o appear_v and_o it_o be_v a_o strange_a or_o new_a thing_n it_o be_v know_v or_o believe_v before_o by_o few_o 31_o for_o to_o be_v call_v and_o to_o be_v be_v of_o the_o same_o import_n in_o the_o hebrew_n phrase_n 13_o he_o that_o have_v a_o ear_n let_v he_o hear_v what_o the_o spirit_n say_v unto_o the_o church_n 14_o and_o unto_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o church_n of_o the_o 32_o laodicean_n write_v these_o thing_n say_v the_o amen_o 33_o i._n e._n the_o god_n of_o truth_n isa_n 65.16_o who_o will_v perform_v what_o he_o have_v promise_v 2_o cor._n 1.20_o and_o will_v in_o this_o period_n put_v a_o final_a end_n to_o all_o thing_n the_o faithful_a and_o true_a witness_n who_o have_v perform_v punctual_o what_o have_v be_v hitherto_o promise_v by_o the_o father_n and_o will_v go_v on_o to_o do_v so_o to_o the_o end_n although_o the_o truth_n he_o have_v deliver_v may_v seem_v never_o so_o incredible_a chap._n 1.5_o the_o beginning_n 34_o of_o the_o creation_n of_o god_n i._n e._n of_o the_o first_o creation_n of_o all_o thing_n and_o of_o the_o new_a creation_n or_o constitution_n of_o thing_n after_o the_o resurrection_n of_o which_o he_o be_v the_o first_o bear_v from_o the_o dead_a col._n 1.18_o rev._n 1_o 5.21_o 1._o 32_o this_o state_n succeed_v the_o philadelphian_a state_n and_o therefore_o must_v be_v after_o the_o thousand_o year_n kingdom_n of_o christ_n or_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n of_o which_o philadelphia_n be_v a_o type_n as_o appear_v from_o verse_n 12._o it_o seem_v to_o be_v a_o state_n in_o which_o there_o be_v a_o great_a remissness_n of_o the_o extraordinary_a zeal_n which_o be_v show_v in_o the_o former_a succession_n during_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o its_o name_n denote_v as_o grotius_n remark_n the_o judge_v of_o the_o people_n it_o may_v from_o thence_o be_v probable_o conclude_v that_o it_o be_v that_o state_n during_o which_o the_o great_a judiciary_n act_n of_o judge_v the_o people_n or_o nation_n be_v to_o be_v perform_v rev._n 20_o 8-15_a where_o occasion_n will_v be_v give_v of_o discourse_v more_o large_o of_o this_o matter_n it_o be_v once_o a_o most_o famous_a and_o rich_a city_n as_o this_o church-state_n be_v describe_v to_o be_v at_o the_o seventeen_o verse_n but_o be_v now_o only_a a_o heap_n of_o ruin_n and_o inhabit_v by_o none_o but_o wild_a beast_n so_o that_o mounseur_fw-fr spoon_n after_o all_o his_o search_n can_v not_o find_v out_o where_o its_o church_n stand_v christ_n have_v spew_v it_o utter_o out_o of_o his_o mouth_n 33_o amen_o signify_v truth_n and_o denote_v also_o the_o end_n or_o conclusion_n and_o be_v put_v before_o what_o follow_v concern_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o creation_n of_o god_n imply_v that_o what_o concern_v the_o end_n of_o church-state_n be_v the_o chief_a thing_n typify_v by_o this_o church_n 34_o christ_n be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o creation_n of_o god_n 1._o because_o he_o be_v in_o the_o begin_n with_o god_n when_o all_o thing_n be_v make_v by_o he_o john_n 1.1_o as_o be_v the_o first_o bear_v of_o every_o creature_n that_o be_v be_v above_o and_o before_o all_o creature_n whatsoever_o and_o the_o cause_n of_o they_o col._n 1_o 15-17_a 2._o because_o he_o be_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o new_a creation_n or_o constitution_n of_o thing_n under_o the_o gospel_n col._n 1.18_o 2_o cor._n 5.17_o and_o the_o author_n of_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n or_o the_o new_a and_o excellent_a state_n of_o thing_n in_o his_o kingdom_n upon_o earth_n and_o 3._o because_o he_o be_v the_o beginning_n the_o first_o bear_v from_o the_o dead_a colos_n 1.18_o which_o title_n he_o here_o take_v because_o this_o church-period_n extend_v until_o the_o end_n of_o all_o earthly_a thing_n when_o follow_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o new_a creation_n or_o constitution_n of_o
thing_n in_o his_o kingdom_n of_o glory_n but_o of_o this_o more_o on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 15_o i_o know_v thy_o work_n and_o thy_o whole_a state_n and_o condition_n that_o thou_o be_v neither_o cold_a i._n e._n neither_o void_a of_o all_o zeal_n for_o that_o philadelphian_a glorious_a state_n of_o my_o kingdom_n which_o be_v now_o withdraw_v from_o the_o very_a new_a earth_n rev._n 20.11_o nor_o hot_a i_o e._n nor_o fervent_o zealous_a for_o it_o according_a to_o the_o extraordinary_a love_n which_o that_o state_n require_v i_o 35_o will_v that_o i_o may_v speak_v after_o the_o manner_n of_o man_n thou_o be_v cold_a for_o then_o be_v destitute_a of_o all_o love_n which_o be_v the_o life_n of_o a_o christian_a church_n thou_o will_v be_v in_o a_o deadly_a state_n and_o fit_v for_o destruction_n for_o 36_o hot_a for_o then_o the_o vehement_a flame_n of_o thy_o love_n will_v have_v be_v irresistible_a â—nd_v unextinguishable_a and_o all_o thing_n here_o below_o will_v have_v be_v utter_o contemn_v in_o respect_n of_o i_o cant._n 8.6_o 7._o 35_o christ_n do_v not_o wish_v that_o they_o be_v cold_a simple_o and_o absolute_o but_o comparative_o that_o they_o be_v rather_o so_o than_o in_o such_o a_o state_n of_o indifferency_n which_o be_v dangerous_a to_o themselves_o and_o more_o troublesome_a and_o displease_a in_o some_o respect_n unto_o himself_o and_o the_o whole_a expression_n be_v take_v from_o the_o manner_n in_o which_o man_n be_v wont_a to_o express_v themselves_o when_o any_o thing_n be_v displease_v unto_o they_o and_o be_v not_o to_o be_v too_o rigorous_o insist_v upon_o in_o every_o part_n of_o the_o similitude_n 36_o by_o heat_n and_o fire_n be_v mean_v divine_a love_n in_o scripture_n and_o by_o coldness_n on_o the_o contrary_a be_v mean_v the_o absolute_a privation_n of_o it_o which_o be_v the_o death_n of_o the_o soul_n who_o life_n consist_v in_o the_o love_n of_o god_n and_o christ_n this_o appear_v from_o several_a expression_n especial_o in_o the_o book_n of_o canticle_n where_o chap._n 8.6_o 7._o the_o spouse_n which_o be_v christ_n church_n in_o its_o most_o lovely_a philadelphian_a state_n in_o his_o kingdom_n represent_v the_o love_n it_o have_v for_o he_o by_o a_o strong_a vehement_a flame_n or_o heat_n such_o a_o one_o as_o can_v be_v kindle_v only_o from_o the_o lord_n as_o the_o word_n may_v be_v translate_v and_o which_o can_v not_o possible_o be_v extinguish_v nor_o can_v be_v translate_v from_o he_o to_o any_o other_o but_o perfect_o contemn_v and_o reject_v all_o earthly_a thing_n when_o they_o stand_v in_o competition_n with_o he_o now_o this_o be_v the_o love_n which_o the_o spouse_n have_v for_o christ_n in_o its_o perfect_a state_n which_o be_v elegant_o set_v forth_o in_o that_o book_n the_o heat_n which_o be_v here_o want_v in_o this_o laodicean_n state_n must_v be_v such_o a_o fervent_a one_o as_o that_o be_v which_o be_v in_o the_o forego_n state_n which_o be_v vehement_a heavenly_a overcome_v all_o difficulty_n and_o prefer_v christ_n and_o thing_n above_o beyond_o all_o earthly_a thing_n whatsoever_o yea_o count_v they_o as_o dross_n and_o dung_n when_o compare_v with_o christ_n see_v grotius_n and_o dr._n patrick_n on_o canticle_n 8.6_o 7._o 16_o so_o then_o or_o therefore_o after_o all_o this_o long_a debate_n within_o myself_o what_o i_o shall_v do_v with_o thou_o which_o be_v so_o troublesome_a and_o uneasy_a to_o i_o this_o be_v the_o conclusion_n of_o the_o whole_a matter_n that_o because_o thou_o be_v 37_o lukewarm_a and_o neither_o cold_a as_o some_o of_o the_o other_o church-state_n be_v which_o i_o have_v therefore_o destroy_v nor_o hot_a to_o the_o degree_n of_o the_o state_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n so_o that_o i_o can_v pitch_v my_o tabernacle_n any_o long_o with_o thou_o nor_o take_v thou_o up_o unto_o i_o except_o thou_o overcome_v the_o evil_n of_o this_o state_n by_o follow_v my_o counsel_n and_o harken_v to_o my_o rebuke_n rev._n 20.11.21_o 2_o 3._o i_o will_v i_o speak_v still_o after_o the_o manner_n of_o man_n because_o of_o your_o infirmity_n spew_v 38_o thee_o out_o of_o my_o mouth_n i._n e._n i_o will_v whole_o rid_v i_o of_o the_o uneasiness_n i_o have_v be_v under_o and_o will_v have_v neither_o thou_o nor_o any_o other_o church-state_n any_o more_o upon_o earth_n 37_o by_o lukewarmness_n be_v not_o mean_v a_o indifferency_n to_o all_o religion_n but_o a_o indifference_n to_o that_o high_a heavenly_a state_n of_o love_n and_o glory_n which_o philadelphia_n be_v raise_v to_o for_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o a_o diligent_a compare_n of_o this_o prophecy_n that_o after_o the_o philadelphian_a state_n of_o a_o thousand_o year_n there_o be_v to_o be_v another_o church_n state_n which_o be_v call_v rev._n 20.9_o the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o the_o belove_a city_n which_o must_v be_v this_o state_n of_o laodicea_n because_o it_o be_v the_o only_a one_o that_o remain_v after_o the_o philadelphian_a and_o therefore_o its_o lukewarmness_n must_v be_v such_o as_o be_v consistent_a with_o the_o love_n of_o god_n for_o else_o the_o member_n of_o it_o can_v not_o have_v be_v say_v to_o be_v love_v by_o christ_n verse_n 19_o and_o be_v only_o so_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o high_a fervor_n of_o the_o philadelphian_a state_n which_o be_v the_o holy_a 3._o holy_a canticl_n â—_o 6_o 7._o rev._n 20_o 11.21_o 2_o 3._o city_n which_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n like_o a_o bride_n with_o a_o most_o vehement_a flame_n of_o love_n for_o christ_n her_o husband_n and_o after_o a_o thousand_o year_n of_o true_a glory_n be_v translate_v or_o flee_v away_o with_o christ_n into_o heaven_n into_o a_o glorious_a state_n of_o eternity_n whereas_o this_o state_n be_v describe_v as_o be_v on_o the_o earth_n rev._n 20.9_o and_o as_o retain_v too_o much_o love_n to_o the_o glory_n and_o enjoyment_n of_o their_o earthly_a state_n although_o the_o lustre_n of_o the_o presence_n of_o christ_n manifest_v during_o the_o thousand_o year_n be_v withdraw_v and_o as_o not_o have_v such_o a_o vehement_a love_n for_o be_v with_o christ_n as_o to_o contemn_v all_o the_o gold_n and_o riches_n which_o be_v mention_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n and_o all_o the_o worldly_a substance_n of_o its_o earthly_a state_n for_o a_o heavenly_a state_n with_o christ_n which_o it_o will_v have_v do_v if_o it_o have_v have_v the_o love_n of_o the_o spouse_n in_o the_o canticle_n 38_o this_o be_v a_o metaphor_n from_o lukewarm_a water_n which_o provoke_v vomit_v and_o cast_v off_o from_o a_o sickly_a stomach_n what_o load_v it_o and_o be_v nauseous_a or_o uneasy_a to_o it_o and_o be_v use_v in_o scripture_n 36.13_o scripture_n levit._fw-la 18.25_o 28.20_o 22._o jerem._n 9.19_o ezek._n 36.13_o to_o signify_v the_o utter_a dispeople_a of_o a_o nation_n in_o which_o sense_n it_o seem_v here_o to_o be_v take_v for_o the_o total_a removal_n of_o this_o and_o all_o other_o such_o like_a church-state_n as_o be_v uneasy_a to_o christ_n because_o of_o their_o imperfection_n who_o will_v now_o be_v no_o more_o content_v with_o any_o state_n but_o a_o heavenly_a perfect_a and_o unchangeable_a one_o such_o a_o one_o as_o no_o water_n can_v quench_v nor_o any_o flood_n drown_v and_o which_o be_v to_o be_v set_v as_o a_o seal_n upon_o his_o heart_n canticl_n 8.6_o 7._o and_o according_o christ_n be_v here_o representent_v as_o uneasy_a under_o this_o state_n rather_o than_o angry_a with_o it_o and_o as_o deliberate_v and_o at_o last_o resolve_v what_o to_o do_v with_o it_o which_o be_v intimate_v by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o illative_a particle_n note_v a_o conclusion_n draw_v from_o premise_n deliberate_v of_o and_o consider_v and_o the_o result_n be_v that_o he_o can_v not_o indeed_o destroy_v they_o in_o his_o anger_n by_o fire_n from_o heaven_n as_o he_o will_v their_o enemy_n the_o nation_n rev._n 20.9_o because_o he_o have_v a_o love_n for_o they_o and_o they_o be_v not_o cold_a in_o their_o love_n to_o he_o neither_o can_v he_o take_v they_o in_o the_o state_n they_o be_v in_o unto_o himself_o in_o heaven_n and_o therefore_o he_o be_v at_o last_o resolve_v to_o spew_v all_o earthly_a church_n state_n out_o of_o his_o mouth_n and_o have_v no_o more_o such_o upon_o earth_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o imperfection_n and_o corruption_n they_o be_v subject_a to_o when_o leave_v to_o themselves_o and_o his_o more_o immediate_a presence_n be_v withdraw_v from_o they_o 17_o and_o this_o will_v i_o do_v because_o 39_o thou_o say_v i_o be_o still_fw-la as_o rich_a as_o i_o be_v before_o and_o in_o the_o possession_n of_o the_o same_o glorious_a state_n and_o not_o only_o so_o but_o i_o be_o increase_v with_o good_n and_o which_o be_v more_o have_v need_n of_o nothing_o but_o be_o in_o a_o perfect_a self-sufficient_a state_n
word_n as_o appear_v from_o the_o text_n i_o have_v quote_v evident_o refer_v to_o the_o perfidiousness_n and_o subtlity_n of_o the_o saracen_n for_o which_o they_o be_v notorious_o infamous_a in_o all_o 17._o all_o ammian_n marcel_n pag._n 13._o excerpta_fw-la è_fw-la legat._n pag._n 149._o ed._n paris_n theoph._n simocat_fw-la hist_o 3._o 17._o history_n and_o to_o the_o specious_a pretence_n by_o which_o they_o advance_v their_o religion_n and_o the_o sagacity_n and_o strength_n of_o reason_n for_o which_o they_o be_v 〈◊〉_d be_v sylburgii_n saracenic_n pag._n 69._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d peculiar_o note_v to_o have_v value_v themselves_o they_o become_v also_o such_o great_a proficient_n in_o the_o peripatetic_a philosophy_n and_o the_o art_n of_o dispute_v that_o charlemagne_n bring_v in_o aristotle_n philosophy_n into_o the_o west_n and_o set_v up_o the_o school_n that_o the_o christian_n may_v be_v the_o better_o furnish_v to_o oppose_v the_o jew_n and_o mahometan_n for_o the_o religion_n of_o mahomet_n be_v with_o great_a cunning_n adapt_v to_o the_o looseness_n and_o debauchery_n of_o that_o age_n and_o be_v make_v up_o of_o a_o medley_n of_o judaisme_n and_o of_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o heretic_n of_o those_o time_n it_o be_v peculiar_o fit_v to_o prevail_v upon_o both_o of_o they_o furthermore_o mahomet_n be_v note_v to_o have_v come_v of_o a_o noble_a 206._o noble_a hottingeri_fw-la hist._n orient_n pag._n 205_o 206._o tribe_n and_o to_o have_v get_v great_a riches_n although_o his_o parent_n be_v very_o poor_a and_o by_o conversation_n with_o people_n of_o all_o persuasion_n to_o have_v gain_v a_o insight_n into_o the_o several_a religion_n which_o be_v then_o profess_v which_o be_v join_v 36._o join_v elmacinus_n pag._n 11_o 13._o hottinger_n pag._n 356-361_a sylburg_n saracenic_n pag._n 36._o with_o a_o good_a natural_a wit_n a_o sweet_a voice_n and_o a_o courteous_a disposition_n to_o man_n of_o all_o condition_n especial_o to_o the_o christian_n who_o he_o pretend_v mighty_o to_o favour_n and_o forbid_v to_o be_v force_v from_o their_o religion_n as_o appear_v from_o other_o testimony_n as_o well_o as_o from_o his_o last_o will_n and_o testament_n which_o some_o learned_a man_n do_v now_o judge_v to_o be_v genuine_a be_v very_o plausible_a way_n of_o gain_v upon_o man_n but_o above_o all_o the_o great_a zeal_n which_o he_o show_v against_o 3._o against_o elmacinus_n pag._n 3._o image_n and_o idolatry_n together_o with_o the_o 10._o the_o see_v his_o life_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o alcoran_n in_o english_a and_o dr._n moor_n mystery_n of_o godliness_n b._n 5._o 9_o 10._o seem_a holiness_n of_o his_o life_n his_o solitary_a retiredness_n into_o a_o cave_n for_o a_o considerable_a time_n and_o the_o strange_a feat_n he_o do_v by_o the_o power_n of_o sorcery_n be_v the_o most_o plausible_a and_o most_o prevail_a insinuation_n he_o make_v use_v of_o and_o which_o be_v permit_v to_o prevail_v by_o the_o just_a judgement_n of_o god_n as_o a_o punishment_n upon_o the_o christian_n for_o their_o great_a superstition_n and_o idolatry_n and_o that_o the_o belief_n of_o the_o unity_n of_o the_o godhead_n and_o of_o his_o abhorrence_n of_o image_n may_v be_v keep_v up_o in_o the_o part_n of_o the_o christian_a world_n where_o the_o apostasy_n have_v so_o mighty_o increase_v 9_o and_o they_o have_v breastplate_n as_o it_o be_v breastplate_n of_o iron_n i._n e._n they_o be_v well_o arm_v joel_n 2.8_o and_o the_o sound_n of_o their_o 13_o wing_n be_v as_o the_o sound_n of_o chariot_n of_o many_o horse_n run_v to_o battle_n denote_v their_o swiftness_n noise_n and_o terror_n joel_n 2.5_o job_n 39.20_o 13_o 478_o 13_o hieroz_n pag._n 475._o 478_o bochartus_n also_o note_n that_o the_o locust_n make_v a_o terrible_a noise_n with_o their_o wing_n and_o that_o as_o be_v before_o observe_v they_o be_v not_o easy_o wound_v 10_o and_o they_o have_v tail_n like_a unto_o scorpion_n and_o there_o be_v 14_o sting_n in_o their_o tail_n i._n e._n they_o pretend_v to_o prophecy_n and_o infect_v and_o deceive_v man_n by_o it_o isa_n 9.15_o and_o their_o power_n be_v to_o hurt_v man_n five_o month_n of_o year_n i._n e._n 145._o year_n 14_o the_o sting_n and_o poison_n of_o scorpion_n be_v in_o their_o tail_n as_o 637._o as_o hieroz_n pag._n 636_o 637._o bochartus_n have_v observe_v and_o hereby_o be_v signify_v the_o poison_n of_o their_o false_a religion_n ground_v upon_o pretence_n to_o prophecy_n and_o converse_v with_o the_o angel_n gabriel_n the_o prophet_n that_o teach_v lie_v be_v express_o liken_v to_o the_o tail_n isa_n 9.15_o 11_o and_o they_o have_v a_o king_n 15_o over_o they_o eph._n 2.2_o which_o be_v the_o angel_n of_o the_o bottomless_a 16_o pit_n i._n e._n a_o satanical_a instrument_n act_v by_o a_o evil_a spirit_n who_o come_v out_o of_o it_o with_o the_o smoke_n and_o locust_n verse_n 2_o 3._o who_o name_v in_o the_o hebrew_a 17_o tongue_n be_v abaddon_n but_o in_o the_o greek_a tongue_n have_v his_o name_n apollyon_n i._n e._n the_o destroyer_n â—_o viz._n mahomet_n who_o religion_n and_o empire_n be_v seat_v in_o the_o chief_a city_n of_o the_o jew_n jerusalem_n and_o of_o the_o greek_n constantinople_n the_o destroyer_n of_o the_o life_n and_o religion_n of_o both_o 15_o hereby_o be_v intimate_v that_o these_o be_v mystical_a locust_n not_o natural_a oâ—â—â—_n which_o have_v no_o king_n over_o they_o prov._n 3â—_n 27_o 16_o mahomet_n hellish_a doctrine_n be_v hereby_o describe_v who_o also_o be_v suspect_v of_o sorcery_n and_o therefore_o strive_v to_o clear_v himself_o of_o it_o in_o his_o alcoran_n and_o seem_v to_o have_v be_v possess_v by_o a_o evil_a spirit_n of_o which_o his_o extraordinary_a epileptic_a fit_n be_v think_v to_o be_v no_o mean_a argument_n see_v mr._n 6._o mr._n b._n 1._o disc_n 6._o mede_n and_o dr._n hammond_n on_o matth._n 17.15_o 17_o this_o be_v in_o allusion_n to_o the_o inscription_n upon_o our_o saviour_n cross_n matth._n 27.37_o this_o be_v jesus_n the_o king_n of_o the_o jew_n which_o be_v write_v luke_o 23.38_o in_o letter_n of_o greek_a and_o latin_a and_o hebrew_n to_o show_v that_o christ_n our_o saviour_n kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v disperse_v and_o establish_v through_o the_o whole_a world_n in_o correspondence_n whereunto_o mahomet_n superscription_n be_v the_o destroyer_n as_o christ_n be_v jesus_n the_o saviour_n and_o his_o name_n be_v write_v in_o the_o hebrew_n and_o greek_a but_o not_o the_o latin_a tongue_n to_o show_v that_o he_o shall_v prevail_v over_o jerusalem_n the_o chief_a city_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o over_o constantinople_n the_o chief_a city_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n but_o not_o over_o rome_n the_o chief_a city_n of_o the_o latin_a or_o western_a roman_a empire_n 12_o one_o woe_n or_o the_o first_o of_o the_o three_o woe_n viz._n the_o saracenick_n denounce_v chap_n 8.13_o be_v pass_v in_o vision_n and_o behold_v there_o câ—â—e_v two_o woe_n more_o hereafter_o 13_o and_o the_o six_o angel_n sound_v a_o alarm_n to_o a_o new_a woe_n and_o i_o hear_v a_o 18_o voice_n from_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o the_o golden_a altar_n of_o incense_n which_o be_v before_o god_n chap_n 8.3_o 4._o 18_o the_o voice_n which_o command_v the_o let_v loose_a of_o the_o four_o angel_n which_o be_v to_o execute_v the_o second_o woe_n come_v from_o tâ—â—_n man_n of_o incense_n which_o have_v four_o horn_n as_o we_o read_v hâ—â—â—d_n 27_o 2.30_o 2._o ezek._n 43.15_o denote_v 562-569_a denote_v see_v the_o commentator_n on_o the_o place_n and_o spencer_n de_fw-fr hebraeor_n legib_fw-la pag._n 562-569_a the_o sufficiency_n and_o excellency_n of_o christ_n intercession_n and_o his_o power_n and_o authority_n of_o which_o horn_n be_v a_o emblem_n over_o his_o church_n in_o the_o four_o quarter_n of_o the_o world_n so_o that_o hereby_o be_v signify_v the_o voice_n or_o prayer_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o god_n or_o the_o pure_a church_n gather_v from_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n who_o now_o pray_v in_o secret_a in_o a_o seal_a or_o retire_a condition_n as_o we_o have_v show_v on_o the_o eight_o chapter_n verse_n 3_o 4._o that_o god_n will_v punish_v the_o idolatry_n verse_n 20_o 21._o which_o now_o reign_v upon_o the_o whole_a earth_n and_o be_v new_o establish_v at_o the_o council_n of_o nice_a and_o the_o voice_n proceed_v from_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o the_o golden_a altar_n to_o show_v that_o they_o be_v pure_a from_o idolatry_n and_o that_o holiness_n to_o the_o lord_n be_v grave_v upon_o the_o horn_n of_o their_o altar_n as_o the_o sin_n of_o idolatry_n be_v upon_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o jewish_a altar_n jerem._n 17.1_o 14_o say_v to_o the_o six_o angel_n which_o have_v the_o trumpet_n loose_z from_o their_o restraint_n the_o 19_o four_o evil_a angel_n i._n e._n the_o turkish_a potentacy_n which_o be_v bind_v 20_o in_o
4.19_o salaho_n ddin_n who_o take_v egypt_n from_o the_o saracenick_n chalifs_fw-fr about_o a._n d._n 1169._o where_o the_o turkish_a and_o circassian_n mamlucs_n i._n e._n slave_n or_o servant_n afterward_o bear_v sway_n for_o about_o 275_o year_n as_o dr._n pocock_n inform_v we_o in_o his_o supplement_n to_o abulpharajai_a but_o on_o a_o sudden_a a._n d._n 280-368_a d._n abul-phar_a p._n 280-368_a 1202._o there_o arise_v a_o new_a empire_n in_o the_o world_n the_o mogul-tartar_n or_o tatar_n call_v so_o from_o a_o perfic_fw-la a_o bizar_n de_fw-mi reb_fw-mi perfic_fw-la river_n in_o that_o country_n of_o that_o name_n fall_v in_o upon_o the_o eastern_a empire_n of_o the_o turk_n and_o make_v incursion_n as_o far_o as_o asia_n minor_n which_o the_o arabian_n call_v rumaea_n and_o at_o last_o take_v bagdad_n a._n d._n 1258._o whereby_o the_o dynasty_a of_o the_o arabian_a mussulman_n be_v transfer_v unto_o the_o king_n of_o the_o mogul-tartar_n according_a to_o abulpharajai_a which_o empire_n nevertheless_o last_v not_o long_o in_o those_o part_n for_o it_o be_v break_v by_o mutual_a discord_n about_o a._n d._n 1335._o where_o dr._n 1-6_a dr._n supplem_fw-la ad_fw-la abul-phar_a pag._n 1-6_a pocock_n place_v the_o end_n of_o that_o dynasty_a nothing_o considerable_a be_v perform_v by_o they_o until_o the_o time_n of_o tamerlan_n timur_fw-la lenc_n who_o die_v a._n d._n 1404._o since_o which_o time_n they_o have_v contain_v themselves_o within_o their_o own_o eastern_a bound_n and_o have_v not_o carry_v their_o arm_n into_o the_o western_a part_n this_o great_a and_o terrible_a invasion_n give_v occasion_n to_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o 41-53_a the_o annal._n turcici_n pandect_a turcic_fw-la &_o histor._n musulman_n per_fw-la leunclav_n pocock_n supplem_n ad_fw-la abul-phar_a pag._n 41-53_a ottoman_a turk_n who_o be_v beat_v out_o of_o asia_n by_o the_o mogul-tartar_n and_o hear_v of_o the_o fame_n of_o the_o sultan_n of_o iconium_n begin_v their_o march_n from_o the_o province_n of_o mahan_n in_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o persian_n towards_o asia_n minor_n a._n d._n 1214._o under_o the_o conduct_n of_o solyman-shahum_a to_o one_o of_o who_o son_n he_o himself_o be_v drown_v at_o the_o pass_n of_o euphrates_n aladin_n sultan_n of_o iconium_n assign_v a_o portion_n of_o land_n near_o the_o mountain_n of_o armenia_n from_o which_o small_a beginning_n they_o raise_v themselves_o by_o their_o valour_n and_o the_o favour_n of_o aladin_n to_o such_o a_o height_n that_o a._n d._n 1299._o 42._o 1299._o dr._n pocock_n supplem_n pag._n 42._o othman_n common_o call_v ottoman_n solyman_n grandchild_n take_v the_o name_n of_o sultan_n and_o so_o enlarge_v their_o dominion_n that_o his_o son_n he_o himself_o die_v a._n d._n 1325._o take_v prussia_n former_o prusa_n a_o city_n of_o bythinia_n either_o that_o year_n or_o very_o soon_o after_o and_o make_v it_o the_o first_o seat_n as_o hadrianople_n be_v afterward_o and_o constantinople_n be_v now_o of_o the_o mighty_a ottoman_a empire_n which_o 93._o which_o leunclav_n histor_n pag._n 78_o 85_o 93._o succeed_v the_o aladinian_a sultany_n after_o it_o have_v be_v establish_v in_o asia_n minor_n about_o ninety_o year_n since_o which_o time_n their_o history_n be_v so_o well_o know_v that_o i_o shall_v not_o further_o insist_v upon_o it_o have_v bring_v it_o down_o to_o the_o time_n here_o mention_v viz._n their_o most_o famous_a pass_v the_o river_n euphrates_n and_o that_o at_o a_o time_n as_o 41._o as_o narrat_fw-la turcic_fw-la pag._n 41._o camerarius_fw-la have_v very_o well_o note_v when_o ecclesiastical_a authority_n have_v advance_v itself_o above_o the_o civil_a and_o division_n and_o superstition_n have_v much_o increase_v among_o christian_n now_o the_o cause_n why_o this_o great_a empire_n shall_v be_v characterise_a by_o four_o angel_n bind_v in_o the_o river_n euphrates_n and_o afterward_o loose_v be_v a_o thing_n worthy_a our_o disquisition_n and_o it_o may_v perhaps_o be_v for_o these_o reason_n 1._o because_o that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o turk_n be_v divide_v into_o four_o proefecture_n or_o principality_n whilst_o they_o be_v bind_v in_o the_o river_n euphrates_n that_o be_v have_v make_v no_o incursion_n into_o those_o western_a part_n which_o be_v bound_v by_o that_o famous_a river_n for_o so_o we_o be_v express_o tell_v in_o the_o relation_n 106-108_a relation_n excerpt_v e_o legat._n inter_fw-la histor_n byzant_n pag._n 106-108_a of_o a_o embassy_n from_o the_o scythian_a turk_n to_o justin_n junior_n about_o a._n 570._o where_o the_o turkish_a ambassador_n be_v ask_v hy_z the_o emperor_n concern_v the_o state_n of_o their_o kingdom_n tell_v he_o that_o the_o chief_a power_n be_v indeed_o sole_o in_o their_o king_n disabulus_n but_o that_o their_o kingdom_n be_v divide_v into_o four_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o principality_n 2._o at_o their_o most_o memorable_a pass_v the_o river_n euphrates_n they_o be_v under_o the_o command_n of_o four_o 42._o four_o pocock_n supplem_fw-la pag._n 41_o 42._o captain_n viz._n solyman_n 86._o solyman_n leunclav_n hist_o pag._n 86._o shahum_o and_o his_o three_o son_n and_o upon_o the_o death_n of_o solyman_n who_o be_v drown_v in_o the_o pass_n of_o that_o river_n a_o circumstance_n not_o altogether_o to_o be_v disregard_v they_o be_v again_o under_o four_o commander_n viz._n otrogules_n and_o his_o three_o son_n of_o who_o ottoman_n be_v one_o who_o upon_o their_o be_v loose_v by_o have_v power_n from_o god_n to_o pass_v the_o river_n euphrates_n lay_v the_o foundation_n of_o that_o mighty_a empire_n all_o which_o be_v no_o obscure_a circumstance_n but_o most_o notable_a and_o most_o famous_a passage_n of_o their_o history_n the_o number_n of_o four_o illustrious_a family_n be_v so_o remarkable_a among_o they_o that_o chalcondyl_n that_o pandect_a turcic_fw-la pag._n 411._o paris_n edit_fw-la ad_fw-la calcem_fw-la chalcondyl_n leunclavius_n have_v a_o particular_a chapter_n about_o 3._o they_o be_v not_o only_o remarkable_a for_o pag._n for_o leunclav_n hist_o 86_o 87._o pag._n four_o chief_a successive_a family_n viz._n the_o seljukian_n aladinian_a oguzian_a and_o ottoman_a but_o if_o mr._n mede_n observation_n prove_v true_a they_o be_v actual_o divide_v into_o four_o tetrarchy_n or_o sultany_n whilst_o they_o be_v bind_v in_o euphrates_n and_o last_o because_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n in_o deliver_v prophecy_n which_o be_v on_o purpose_n dark_a and_o enigmatical_a may_v allude_v to_o many_o passage_n and_o circumstance_n in_o one_o and_o the_o same_o type_n and_o figurative_a expression_n some_o less_o know_v and_o obvious_a than_o other_o to_o excite_v man_n industry_n why_o may_v not_o the_o turkish_a potentacy_n be_v signify_v by_o four_o because_o of_o the_o universality_n of_o its_o conquest_n describe_v dan._n 11_o 40-45_a four_z as_o dr._n moor_n observe_v stand_v for_o a_o note_n of_o universality_n in_o the_o cabbalistick_a mystery_n especial_o in_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n which_o it_o be_v more_o immediate_o design_v to_o kill_v or_o destroy_v for_o as_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o altar_n from_o which_o the_o voice_n come_v verse_n 13._o be_v four_o to_o signify_v the_o universal_a extent_n of_o christ_n church_n so_o be_v there_o here_o four_o angel_n loose_v to_o show_v that_o this_o woe_n be_v to_o fall_v universal_o upon_o the_o grecian_a church_n and_o monarchy_n describe_v in_o daniel_n chap._n 8.8_o by_o four_o notable_a horn_n towards_o the_o four_o wind_n of_o heaven_n for_o the_o turkish_a empire_n as_o that_o judicious_a historian_n mr._n 981._o mr._n turkish_a history_n in_o the_o preface_n and_o pag._n 981._o knoll_v have_v observe_v have_v bring_v fatal_a mutation_n not_o upon_o christendom_n only_o but_o the_o whole_a world_n have_v under_o its_o command_n the_o chief_a and_o most_o fruitful_a part_n of_o europe_n africa_n and_o asia_n and_o have_v fix_v itself_o almost_o altogether_o even_o in_o the_o self_n same_o kingdom_n country_n and_o region_n as_o belong_v to_o the_o greek_a empire_n for_o although_o the_o three_o of_o the_o earth_n and_o of_o man_n be_v the_o symbol_n of_o the_o grecian_a empire_n yet_o in_o respect_n of_o its_o universality_n it_o may_v also_o be_v represent_v by_o the_o number_n four_n 20_o to_o bind_v be_v to_o hinder_v and_o restrain_v as_o appear_v from_o rev._n 20.2_o and_o that_o by_o secret_a impulse_n and_o instinct_n as_o the_o word_n be_v take_v act_v 20.22_o and_o from_o hence_o we_o may_v learn_v that_o the_o bound_n of_o empire_n and_o their_o progress_n be_v from_o god_n as_o be_v also_o the_o providential_a season_n in_o which_o he_o let_v loose_a barbarous_a nation_n to_o chastise_v christian_n 21_o a_o great_a river_n upon_o which_o the_o old_a babylon_n the_o type_n of_o the_o antichristian_a city_n stand_v it_o be_v the_o fatal_a boundary_a of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o be_v so_o oftentimes_o to_o the_o turk_n they_o make_v but_o small_a advances_n beyond_o it_o except_o in_o asia_n
lawful_a for_o the_o gentile_n to_o pray_v there_o and_o therefore_o it_o can_v not_o proper_o be_v say_v to_o be_v give_v unto_o they_o now_o or_o to_o be_v pollute_v by_o they_o as_o have_v be_v always_o account_v unclean_a whereas_o they_o be_v never_o admit_v into_o the_o other_o court_n and_o by_o the_o court_n without_o the_o temple_n be_v very_o apposite_o understand_v the_o visible_a christian_a worship_n because_o the_o visible_a worship_n of_o god_n be_v perform_v in_o that_o place_n under_o the_o law_n whereas_o all_o the_o temple-worship_n be_v hide_v from_o the_o people_n see_v the_o book_n before_o quote_v and_o mr._n 40.33_o mr._n pag._n 19_o 20_o 478_o 479_o 480._o and_o ainsworth_n on_o exod._n 40.33_o mede_n work_n 8_o grotius_n on_o the_o place_n note_n that_o this_o be_v call_v extracludere_fw-la by_o the_o ancient_a writer_n concern_v the_o limit_n and_o measure_n of_o ground_n but_o the_o word_n also_o denote_v in_o loca_fw-la in_o john_n 9.34_o act_n 7_o 58_o 13_o 50._o grotius_n in_o loca_fw-la scripture_n a_o ignominious_a cast_v out_o or_o a_o excommunication_n it_o may_v also_o here_o signify_v the_o leave_v or_o cast_v it_o out_o of_o the_o sacred_a enclosure_n or_o limit_n as_o unsacred_a and_o pollute_a as_o mr._n 587._o mr._n pag._n 587._o mede_n speak_v 9_o so_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o be_v of_o the_o past_a sense_n and_o not_o of_o the_o present_a may_v be_v translate_v whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o it_o have_v be_v give_v up_o or_o deliver_v by_o god_n before_o the_o time_n in_o which_o it_o be_v measure_v although_o it_o must_v be_v confess_v that_o the_o past_a tense_n be_v often_o use_v for_o the_o present_a in_o scripture_n 10_o by_o 21.28_o by_o hammond_n on_o matth._n 23.15_o grot._n on_o john_n 12.20_o act_n 21.28_o gentile_n or_o nation_n the_o jew_n understand_v all_o but_o themselves_o and_o proselyte_n of_o justice_n who_o be_v circumcise_v and_o account_v as_o jew_n which_o be_v the_o proselyte_n of_o the_o gate_n as_o they_o call_v they_o who_o have_v renounce_v idolatry_n but_o have_v not_o embrace_v the_o whole_a jewish_a religion_n and_o be_v permit_v to_o come_v no_o further_o than_o into_o the_o outer_a court_n call_v the_o court_n of_o the_o gentile_n and_o be_v think_v to_o profane_v and_o pollute_v the_o temple_n if_o they_o do_v as_o appear_v from_o act_n 21_o 28_o 29.24_o 6._o but_o by_o gentile_n be_v most_o common_o mean_v in_o scripture_n the_o heathen_a nation_n round_o about_o they_o who_o whilst_o they_o continue_v in_o open_a idolatry_n be_v not_o to_o live_v among_o they_o especial_o those_o who_o persecute_v they_o and_o lay_v their_o country_n city_n and_o temple_n waste_v such_o as_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o antiochus_n who_o desolation_n be_v bewail_v and_o describe_v in_o 6_o in_o psalm_n 74._o and_o 79._o dan._n 8.1_o maccab._n from_o chap._n 1._o to_o ver._n 16_o of_o the_o 6_o scripture_n and_o such_o be_v also_o the_o four_o successive_a monarchy_n of_o the_o assyrian_n persian_n grecian_n and_o roman_n who_o time_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o appoint_v season_n the_o word_n make_v use_v of_o by_o daniel_n and_o jeremiah_n chap._n 27.7_o be_v call_v by_o our_o saviour_n 753._o saviour_n see_v grotius_n on_o the_o place_n and_o mr._n mede_n work_n pag._n 709_o 753._o luke_n 21.24_o the_o time_n of_o the_o gentile_n at_o the_o end_n of_o which_o fort_n of_o time_n in_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n continue_v in_o the_o antichristian_a the_o jew_n be_v to_o be_v restore_v as_o our_o saviour_n there_o plain_o assert_n and_o the_o holy_a city_n be_v no_o more_o to_o be_v tread_v under_o foot_n by_o the_o gentile_n now_o the_o like_a expression_n and_o some_o of_o the_o word_n here_o make_v use_n of_o be_v plain_o take_v from_o the_o 21.24_o the_o psalm_n 79.1_o dan._n 8.10_o 1_o maccab._n 1.37_o 38_o 39.3_o 45_o 51.4_o 60._o luke_n 21.24_o scripture_n quote_v in_o the_o margin_n it_o be_v manifest_a that_o they_o have_v a_o allusion_n to_o they_o especial_o to_o the_o story_n of_o antiochus_n a_o lively_a type_n of_o antichrist_n who_o be_v therefore_o prophesy_v of_o in_o he_o as_o a_o type_n by_o daniel_n and_o of_o the_o gentile_a time_n and_o action_n here_o foretell_v and_o therefore_o the_o like_a action_n commit_v by_o some_o christian_n must_v be_v here_o refer_v to_o call_v gentile_n for_o bring_v the_o time_n the_o mr._n mede_n apostasy_n of_o the_o latter_a time_n gentile_a worship_n into_o the_o church_n together_o with_o tyranny_n and_o crafty_a bait_n to_o entice_v to_o idolatry_n according_a to_o the_o example_n of_o antiochus_n the_o type_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o paganize_a jew_n who_o do_v after_o the_o ordinance_n of_o the_o heathen_n and_o build_v a_o place_n of_o exercise_n at_o jerusalem_n according_a to_o their_o custom_n and_o thereby_o give_v a_o great_a occasion_n to_o the_o tyrant_n to_o take_v jerusalem_n and_o to_o enter_v proud_o into_o the_o sanctuary_n and_o pollute_v it_o and_o lay_v it_o waste_v like_o a_o wilderness_n and_o to_o make_v the_o city_n a_o habitation_n of_o stranger_n or_o gentile_n and_o to_o become_v strange_a to_o those_o that_o be_v bear_v in_o it_o as_o you_o may_v read_v in_o the_o place_n of_o the_o book_n of_o maccabe_n before_o quote_v all_o which_o agree_v plain_o to_o the_o apostasy_n which_o have_v introduce_v a_o pagan_a christianity_n into_o the_o church_n 11_o jerusalem_n be_v call_v so_o which_o be_v the_o type_n of_o the_o whole_a christian_a church_n whereby_o be_v signify_v a_o universal_a apostasy_n in_o the_o visible_a church_n the_o latent_fw-la or_o invisible_a one_o have_v be_v before_o measure_v and_o secure_v by_o god_n 12_o a_o day_n be_v put_v for_o a_o year_n in_o this_o book_n as_o have_v be_v before_o show_v on_o chap._n 2.10_o and_o then_o by_o consequence_n a_o month_n must_v be_v put_v for_o a_o month_n of_o prophetical_a day_n consist_v of_o as_o many_o common_a year_n as_o a_o common_a month_n do_v of_o day_n but_o for_o the_o better_a understanding_n of_o the_o nature_n of_o these_o prophetical_a time_n and_o season_n it_o will_v be_v very_o convenient_a to_o deduce_v this_o matter_n from_o the_o very_a beginning_n and_o original_a of_o it_o and_o according_o it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o out_o of_o the_o whole_a space_n of_o time_n assign_v by_o god_n to_o the_o transaction_n of_o this_o world_n which_o be_v think_v to_o be_v about_o seven_o thousand_o year_n there_o be_v a_o certain_a part_n allot_v by_o he_o for_o the_o time_n of_o the_o apostasy_n and_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n call_v by_o daniel_n time_n time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n chap._n 7_o 25.12_o 7._o of_o which_o it_o have_v be_v discourse_v already_o on_o chap._n 10.6_o which_o be_v reduce_v into_o 1260._o day_n and_o forty_o two_o month_n in_o the_o revelation_n into_o day_n with_o respect_n to_o the_o witness_n and_o the_o seed_n of_o the_o woman_n in_o the_o wilderness_n who_o be_v the_o child_n of_o the_o 12.1_o the_o mede_n pag._n 481_o 492._o mori_n oper._n theol._n pag._n 614_o 616._o gen._n 1._o luke_n 16.8_o act_n 26.18_o 2_o cor._n 6.14_o eph._n 5.8_o 1_o thes_n 5.5_o 8._o 2_o pet._n 1.19_o rev._n 22_o 16._o see_v the_o note_n on_o rev._n 12.1_o day_n and_o into_o night_n with_o respect_n to_o the_o gentile_n and_o the_o beast_n who_o antichristian_a deed_n be_v work_n of_o darkness_n and_o they_o the_o child_n of_o the_o night_n of_o which_o the_o moon_n have_v the_o government_n and_o as_o the_o natural_a day_n be_v divide_v in_o scripture_n into_o evening_n and_o morning_n so_o be_v this_o line_n of_o time_n in_o proportion_n to_o that_o distinction_n divide_v into_o day_n which_o answer_n to_o the_o morning_n of_o the_o natural_a day_n and_o into_o month_n which_o answer_n to_o the_o evening_n or_o night_n of_o it_o the_o day_n and_o month_n make_v up_o one_o and_o the_o same_o line_n of_o time_n as_o the_o evening_n and_o morning_n make_v up_o one_o natural_a day_n whence_o the_o time_n allot_v in_o daniel_n chap._n 8.13_o 14._o for_o the_o course_n of_o affair_n from_o cyrus_n to_o the_o cleanse_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n be_v call_v evening-morning_n out_o of_o which_o for_o it_o principal_o respect_v the_o apostasy_n which_o defile_v the_o sanctuary_n this_o line_n be_v take_v the_o month_n out_o of_o its_o evening_n and_o the_o day_n out_o of_o its_o morning_n which_o way_n of_o speech_n be_v take_v from_o gen._n 1.5_o 16._o where_o the_o light_n be_v call_v day_n and_o the_o darkness_n night_n and_o the_o moon_n be_v say_v to_o rule_v the_o one_o and_o the_o sun_n the_o other_o and_o the_o natural_a day_n be_v call_v evening-morning_n the_o evening_n be_v put_v before_o the_o morning_n because_o the_o darkness_n oâ—_n night_n of_o
may_v make_v some_o advance_v to_o the_o settle_n of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o gentile_n month_n for_o if_o these_o 2300_o year_n be_v a_o line_n of_o time_n reach_v from_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n to_o the_o cleanse_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n then_o if_o we_o gain_v the_o true_a epoch_n of_o cyrus_n first_o year_n we_o may_v by_o consequence_n find_v out_o the_o period_n of_o these_o year_n and_o the_o beginning_n and_o end_n of_o the_o 1260_o year_n of_o the_o witness_n and_o of_o the_o forty_o two_o month_n of_o the_o gentile_n and_o here_o because_o the_o reason_n of_o chronologer_n be_v very_o dubious_a and_o their_o epoch_n very_o different_a and_o of_o a_o uncertain_a foundation_n as_o 11._o as_o epitome_n baron_fw-fr pag._n 11._o spondanus_n with_o just_a reason_n complain_v i_o shall_v only_o desire_v this_o one_o equitable_a postulatum_fw-la to_o be_v grant_v i_o viz._n that_o the_o scripture_n account_v of_o time_n as_o they_o be_v give_v we_o in_o the_o hebrew_n 2._o hebrew_n hanc_fw-la supputationem_fw-la recentiores_fw-la chronologi_fw-la qui_fw-la post_fw-la scaligerum_fw-la floruere_fw-la uno_fw-la ferme_fw-fr consensu_fw-la complexi_fw-la sunt_fw-la anton._n pagi_n appar_n chronol_n pag._n 1_o 2._o text_n may_v be_v receive_v as_o authentic_a when_o they_o be_v support_v by_o reason_n evidence_n from_o profane_a history_n and_o the_o consent_n of_o the_o late_a chronoger_n among_o who_o i_o shall_v pitch_v upon_o spanhemius_fw-la histor._n spanhemius_fw-la chronol_n introduct_n ad_fw-la eccles_n histor._n as_o one_o of_o the_o late_a and_o the_o most_o accurate_a in_o his_o account_n consult_v other_o as_o there_o shall_v be_v occasion_n now_o if_o we_o guide_v ourselves_o by_o this_o postulatum_fw-la we_o shall_v perhaps_o find_v this_o follow_a scripture_n calendar_n to_o be_v most_o exact_a  _fw-fr  _fw-fr year_n a._n m._n from_o the_o creation_n to_o the_o flood_n 1656._o 2083._o from_o thence_o to_o abraham_n come_n out_o of_o chaldea_n spanhem_n à _fw-fr pag._n 135_o ad_fw-la 140._o 427._o 2513._o to_o the_o israelite_n come_v out_o of_o egypt_n spanhem_n pag._n 142._o 430._o 2993._o to_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n in_o the_o four_o of_o solomon_n 1_o king_n 6.1_o spanhem_n à _fw-fr pag._n 143-145_a 480._o 3029._o to_o solomon_n death_n and_o the_o revolt_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n immediate_o upon_o it_o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o rehoboam_n 1_o king_n 6_o 1.11_o 42._o spanhem_n 149._o 36._o 3459._o ante_fw-la chr._n 528._o from_o the_o first_o year_n of_o rehoboam_n to_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n reign_n over_o babylon_n which_o be_v the_o end_n of_o the_o 70_o year_n captivity_n 430._o this_o number_n be_v gather_v by_o add_v the_o 390_o year_n of_o ezekiel_n bear_v the_o sin_n of_o israel_n to_o the_o forty_o year_n of_o his_o bear_v judah_n sin_n ezek._n 4.4_o 5_o 6._o in_o which_o chapter_n the_o prophet_n show_v 1._o that_o jerusalem_n will_v be_v besiege_v and_o the_o temple_n and_o city_n burn_v according_a to_o what_o jeremiah_n have_v prophesy_v the_o truth_n of_o which_o the_o people_n beginning_n to_o call_v in_o question_n there_o have_v pass_v now_o five_o year_n since_o their_o captivity_n without_o any_o appearance_n or_o likelihood_n of_o it_o the_o prophet_n be_v command_v verse_n 3._o to_o lay_v siege_n to_o jerusalem_n in_o a_o type_n to_o be_v a_o sign_n to_o they_o of_o the_o real_a siege_n approach_v 2._o the_o prophet_n be_v also_o command_v verse_n 9_o to_o lie_v 390_o day_n appoint_v by_o god_n himself_o to_o signify_v year_n verse_n 6._o upon_o his_o left_a side_n to_o bear_v as_o in_o a_o type_n the_o year_n of_o the_o punishment_n of_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n or_o the_o ten_o tribe_n and_o then_o be_v express_o command_v to_o lie_v again_o verse_n 6._o on_o his_o right_a side_n to_o bear_v the_o year_n of_o the_o punishment_n of_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n forty_o day_n after_o he_o have_v accomplish_v the_o three_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o thereby_o plain_o show_v the_o forty_o to_o be_v different_a from_o the_o three_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o and_o not_o include_v in_o they_o as_o interpreter_n general_o make_v they_o with_o plain_a violence_n to_o the_o express_a word_n of_o the_o text._n 3._o it_o be_v evident_a from_o the_o 13_o verse_n that_o the_o penitential_a and_o coarse_a diet_n prescribe_v to_o the_o prophet_n during_o the_o straightness_n of_o the_o siege_n a_o free_a diet_n perhaps_o be_v permit_v he_o the_o remain_v forty_o day_n after_o it_o be_v not_o only_o a_o type_n of_o the_o famine_n and_o misery_n they_o be_v to_o suffer_v but_o also_o of_o the_o defile_a and_o pollute_a bread_n they_o be_v to_o eat_v among_o the_o gentile_n during_o their_o captivity_n which_o be_v there_o evident_o refer_v to_o and_o not_o only_o the_o siege_n of_o jerusalem_n 4._o by_o the_o mention_n of_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n and_o judah_n separately_z and_o distinct_o from_o each_o other_o and_o by_o god_n assign_v a_o distinct_a term_n of_o year_n to_o each_o be_v plain_o intimate_v that_o they_o be_v represent_v in_o this_o vision_n as_o in_o a_o divide_a state_n 5._o the_o year_n therefore_o of_o their_o iniquity_n verse_n 5._o which_o the_o prophet_n be_v to_o bear_v must_v be_v the_o year_n of_o their_o iniquity_n whilst_o they_o continue_v in_o a_o divide_a state_n which_o can_v be_v no_o other_o than_o the_o year_n from_o their_o first_o division_n and_o idolatry_n under_o jeroboam_n until_o the_o end_n of_o the_o captivity_n some_o of_o they_o be_v then_o under_o particular_o refer_v to_o verse_n 13._o so_o that_o the_o prophet_n do_v here_o in_o a_o vision_n show_v they_o in_o prophetical_a day_n for_o year_n how_o long_o their_o captivity_n shall_v last_v and_o that_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v end_v until_o four_o hundred_o and_o thirty_o year_n be_v complete_v from_o the_o time_n of_o their_o division_n and_o idolatry_n which_o be_v the_o iniquity_n for_o which_o they_o be_v carry_v captive_a and_o for_o which_o he_o be_v to_o bear_v their_o punishment_n in_o a_o vision_n show_v the_o time_n from_o their_o defection_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o captivity_n concern_v which_o prophetical_a and_o symbolical_a line_n of_o time_n it_o be_v also_o further_o to_o be_v note_v 1._o that_o the_o great_a number_n of_o year_n of_o punishment_n be_v allot_v to_o the_o ten_o tribe_n because_o they_o be_v first_o in_o the_o sin_n and_o deep_a in_o the_o gild_n whereas_o the_o two_o tribe_n because_o they_o walk_v 1._o walk_v 2_o chronicl_n 11_o 17.12_o 1._o three_o year_n after_o the_o division_n in_o the_o way_n of_o david_n and_o solomon_n and_o be_v less_o guilty_a than_o the_o other_o have_v their_o punishment_n assign_v they_o after_o the_o other_o and_o that_o of_o a_o less_o continuance_n and_o the_o prophet_n when_o he_o bear_v their_o gild_n be_v command_v to_o lie_v on_o his_o right_a side_n to_o show_v the_o great_a esteem_n god_n have_v of_o they_o whereas_o he_o be_v bid_v to_o lie_v on_o his_o left_a when_o he_o bear_v the_o iniquity_n of_o israel_n which_o be_v the_o less_o worthy_a side_n of_o the_o body_n thereby_o be_v denote_v the_o less_o value_n god_n have_v for_o they_o 2._o it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o this_o number_n four_o hundred_o and_o thirty_o be_v make_v up_o of_o two_o number_n 1._o of_o forty_o which_o be_v the_o time_n that_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n be_v to_o bear_v the_o punishment_n of_o the_o apostasy_n of_o their_o father_n forty_o day_n each_o day_n for_o a_o year_n numb_a 14.33_o 34._o and_o 2._o 2730_o 2._o 390_o 7_o 2730_o of_o 390_o a_o number_n which_o if_o multiply_v by_o seven_n make_v up_o 2730_o day_n for_o year_n the_o exact_a sum_n 2730_o sum_n 390_o 40_o 2300_o 2730_o of_o the_o 390_o and_o 40_o day_n in_o ezekiel_n and_o of_o the_o 2300_o evenings-morning_n in_o daniel_n whereby_o be_v signify_v by_o the_o multiply_a the_o first_o term_n of_o their_o punishment_n by_o the_o number_n seven_o that_o the_o jew_n shall_v lie_v under_o a_o state_n of_o punishment_n for_o their_o iniquity_n for_o 2730_o year_n a_o multiplication_n of_o punishment_n by_o seven_o time_n be_v the_o proportion_n of_o punishment_n settle_v by_o god_n with_o respect_n to_o his_o people_n levit._n 26.18_o 21_o 24_o 28._o and_o that_o after_o the_o fulfil_n of_o that_o term_n of_o year_n allot_v to_o their_o bear_n of_o their_o iniquity_n god_n will_v restore_v they_o to_o their_o land_n and_o remember_v his_o covenant_n according_a to_o what_o god_n have_v promise_v levit._n 26_o 40-46_a whereby_o the_o extent_n of_o the_o 2300_o day_n of_o daniel_n to_o the_o end_n and_o to_o the_o last_o end_n of_o the_o indignation_n verse_n 19_o and_o to_o the_o cleanse_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n be_v wonderful_o exemplify_v and_o now_o from_o hence_o we_o have_v
resurrection_n matth._n 27_o 51.28_o 2._o 43_o which_o be_v call_v earth_n in_o this_o prophecy_n 44_o by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v be_v mean_v 1._o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v understand_v and_o then_o it_o may_v denote_v rome_n as_o under_z the_o papacy_n which_o mr._n mede_n suppose_v to_o be_v the_o ten_o part_n of_o old_a rome_n or_o rather_o because_o it_o be_v doubt_v whether_o mr._n mede_n dimension_n of_o old_a and_o modern_a rome_n be_v exact_a some_o one_o most_o notable_a kingdom_n of_o the_o ten_o into_o which_o the_o western_a roman_a empire_n be_v divide_v as_o be_v observe_v on_o chap._n 17._o whereby_o the_o kingdom_n of_o france_n may_v most_o peculiar_o be_v denote_v which_o be_v the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n that_o be_v the_o last_o of_o those_o ten_o kingdom_n which_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o the_o catalogue_n of_o they_o give_v by_o the_o judicious_a and_o learned_a author_n of_o the_o book_n de_fw-fr 17._o de_fw-fr pag._n 17._o excidio_fw-la antichristi_fw-la or_o 2._o by_o the_o ten_o of_o the_o city_n may_v rather_o be_v mean_v the_o whole_a papal_a jurisdiction_n call_v the_o ten_o because_o it_o be_v symbolise_v in_o prophecy_n by_o ten_o toe_n ten_o horn_n ten_o king_n unite_v under_o the_o papacy_n as_o will_v be_v show_v on_o chap._n 17._o for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v signify_v not_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n but_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o decemprincipality_n the_o state_n of_o the_o antichristian_a jurisdiction_n or_o city_n after_o it_o come_v to_o have_v ten_o king_n as_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d chap._n 6.8_o signify_v not_o the_o four_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n but_o the_o four_o earthly_a kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n which_o be_v a_o sense_n of_o the_o phrase_n more_o comprehensive_a than_o the_o former_a and_o more_o suitable_a to_o the_o symbolical_a genius_n of_o this_o prophecy_n and_o it_o be_v say_v to_o fall_v that_o be_v to_o be_v ruin_v and_o destroy_v in_o the_o commotion_n as_o babylon_n be_v say_v by_o the_o prophet_n to_o be_v fall_v or_o destroy_v 45_o in_o the_o greek_a it_o be_v be_v slay_v name_n of_o man_n seven_o thousand_o by_o name_n of_o man_n as_o dr._n moor_n observe_v may_v be_v mean_v title_n dignity_n office_n and_o order_n of_o man_n by_o which_o they_o be_v name_v and_o distinguish_v or_o the_o man_n themselves_o who_o be_v man_n of_o name_n or_o repute_v upon_o those_o and_o such_o like_a account_n as_o vile_a or_o base_a man_n on_o the_o contrary_a be_v call_v man_n of_o no_o name_n job_n 30.8_o and_o by_o seven_o thousand_o of_o they_o be_v slay_v be_v mean_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o perfect_a total_a and_o solid_a overthrow_n of_o the_o popish_a hierarchy_n and_o jurisdiction_n which_o shall_v entire_o be_v slay_v or_o cease_v to_o be_v what_o it_o be_v before_o which_o be_v signify_v by_o seven_o a_o perfect_a number_n multiply_v into_o a_o thousand_o a_o cubical_a solid_a number_n as_o 1_o king_n 19.17_o 18._o from_o whence_o this_o expression_n be_v take_v god_n say_v that_o he_o have_v seven_o thousand_o leave_v in_o israel_n that_o be_v a_o perfect_a number_n of_o pure_a worshipper_n reserve_v entire_a in_o secret_a see_v note_n on_o chap._n 1_o 4._o 7_o 4_o 5._o 9_o 5._o 20_o 4._o 46_o to_o give_v glory_n to_o god_n be_v to_o confess_v their_o fault_n and_o acknowledge_v the_o righteousness_n and_o justice_n of_o god_n in_o his_o punishment_n as_o achan_n do_v josh_n 7._o 19_o 20._o and_o nabuchadnezzar_n dan._n 4_o 34-37_a and_o thereupon_o to_o honour_n and_o worship_n he_o after_o his_o own_o manner_n and_o to_o forsake_v their_o former_a idolatry_n rom._n 1.21_o 25._o 14_o the_o second_o woe_n 47_o of_o the_o six_o trumpet_n viz._n turkish_a mahometism_n chap._n 8_o 13_o 9_o 12_o be_v pass_v already_o and_o behold_v the_o three_o 47_o woe_n viz_o that_o of_o the_o sevenâ—h_o trumpet_n upon_o antichrianism_n chapter_n 14.15.16_o come_v quick_o 47_o into_o event_n and_o execution_n after_o the_o second_o be_v past_a upon_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n chap._n 10_o 7._o 11_o 15._o 47_o the_o first_o woe_n be_v that_o of_o the_o locust_n or_o saracen_n the_o second_o of_o the_o horseman_n of_o euphrates_n or_o the_o turkish_a mahometan_n the_o three_o be_v the_o woe_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n or_o angel_n upon_o antichristianism_n which_o be_v large_o relate_v in_o some_o of_o the_o follow_a chapter_n and_o in_o this_o verse_n be_v plain_o assert_v 1._o that_o during_o or_o rather_o after_o the_o earthquake_n and_o the_o effect_n of_o it_o upon_o the_o ascent_n of_o the_o witness_n into_o heaven_n the_o second_o woe_n or_o turkish_a mahometism_n shall_v pass_v off_o and_o that_o more_o particular_o from_o the_o grecian_a church_n and_o their_o empire_n or_o imperial_a seat_n for_o it_o be_v here_o say_v after_o the_o vision_n of_o those_o event_n that_o the_o second_o woe_n be_v past_a that_o be_v it_o be_v then_o past_a in_o vision_n and_o consequent_o be_v to_o pass_v off_o in_o the_o event_n and_o completion_n at_o the_o time_n immediate_o follow_v the_o fulfil_n of_o the_o forego_n vision_n 2._o that_o the_o three_o woe_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n upon_o antichristianism_n be_v to_o follow_v quick_o upon_o the_o pass_n off_o of_o the_o second_o woe_n that_o be_v upon_o its_o cease_v to_o be_v a_o woe_n or_o a_o scourge_n to_o antichristianism_n for_o which_o end_v it_o be_v design_v by_o god_n who_o will_v then_o inflict_v woe_n of_o another_o nature_n upon_o they_o and_o 3._o that_o the_o effect_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n shall_v not_o take_v up_o any_o long_a time_n in_o their_o accomplish_n but_o shall_v be_v perform_v with_o speed_n and_o of_o a_o sudden_a which_o may_v perhaps_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o as_o a_o judicious_a person_n have_v acute_o observe_v the_o six_o trumpet_n come_v immediate_o after_o the_o five_o as_o well_o as_o the_o seven_o after_o the_o six_o and_o therefore_o it_o can_v be_v distinguish_v from_o the_o other_o by_o its_o immediate_a succession_n which_o be_v common_a to_o they_o all_o but_o by_o the_o speed_n of_o its_o motion_n and_o the_o quickness_n of_o its_o event_n 15_o and_o the_o seven_o 48_o angel_n sound_v and_o there_o be_v great_a or_o loud_o voice_n of_o acknowledgement_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o thanksgiving_n for_o it_o in_o heaven_n or_o in_o the_o heavenly_a pure_a state_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n num_fw-la 41._o say_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n be_v become_v kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n the_o father_n and_o of_o his_o son_n christ_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v for_o ever_o 49_o and_o ever_o dan._n 2_o 44._o 7_o 14_o 18_o 26_o 27._o 48_o seven_o be_v a_o number_n of_o perfection_n and_o have_v a_o reference_n in_o this_o vision_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o be_v here_o foretell_v shall_v come_v upon_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n and_o be_v to_o consist_v not_o in_o destroy_v but_o in_o reduce_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n that_o be_v the_o several_a civil_a government_n of_o it_o to_o a_o constitution_n suitable_a to_o christ_n gospel_n whereby_o they_o become_v his_o kingdom_n and_o in_o christ_n reign_n over_o these_o kingdom_n thus_o model_v which_o shall_v be_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o that_o be_v to_o the_o end_n of_o all_o succeed_a time_n here_o upon_o earth_n no_o other_o empire_n or_o kingdom_n be_v to_o succeed_v it_o 1_o cor._n 15_o 24-29_a but_o of_o this_o we_o shall_v have_v opportunity_n to_o discourse_v more_o full_o hereafter_o or_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 49_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 1.70_o 〈◊〉_d dr._n hammond_n on_o matth._n 24.3_o and_o luke_n 1.70_o signify_v in_o scripture_n a_o age_n of_o the_o world_n or_o some_o eminent_a period_n of_o it_o more_o particular_o that_o of_o the_o jewish_a church_n and_o state_n and_o therefore_o by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d seem_v here_o to_o be_v denote_v the_o end_n of_o all_o the_o period_n or_o division_n of_o time_n consummate_v in_o that_o of_o the_o messiah_n which_o be_v call_v the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d world_n or_o age_n to_o come_v by_o the_o jew_n 16_o and_o the_o four_o and_o twenty_o 50_o elder_n or_o representatives_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n chap._n 4._o 4_o 9_o 10_o which_o sit_v before_o god_n on_o their_o seat_n in_o a_o posture_n of_o authority_n as_o be_v to_o reign_v with_o christ_n yet_o fall_v upon_o their_o face_n with_o great_a humility_n and_o reverence_n and_o worship_v god_n
and_o gather_v by_o raise_v they_o the_o cluster_n of_o the_o 38_o vine_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o child_n of_o the_o wicked_a one_o matth._n 13.30_o 38_o 41_o 49_o 50._o joel_n 3.13_o deut._n 32.32_o for_o her_o grape_n be_v full_o ripe_a for_o destruction_n 37_o it_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o dr._n lightfoot_n that_o here_o be_v a_o allusion_n to_o a_o custom_n among_o the_o jew_n who_o be_v not_o wont_a to_o put_v in_o the_o sickle_n until_o the_o priest_n who_o sit_v in_o the_o temple_n give_v order_n and_o command_v for_o it_o but_o i_o presume_v the_o reason_n give_v in_o the_o paraphrase_n to_o be_v more_o apposite_a 38_o the_o wicked_a and_o the_o antichristian_a church_n be_v represent_v by_o a_o earthly_a vine_n who_o cluster_n and_o grape_n be_v bitter_a like_o the_o vine_n of_o sodom_n and_o gomorrah_n deut._n 32.32_o 33_o as_o the_o true_a church_n and_o the_o righteous_a member_n of_o it_o be_v by_o the_o vine_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o of_o christ_n isaiah_n 5._o psalm_n 80._o john_n 15._o now_o if_o the_o reap_v of_o the_o harvest_n signify_v the_o gather_v of_o the_o saint_n at_o the_o first_o resurrection_n then_o the_o gather_v of_o the_o vintage_n must_v signify_v the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o wicked_a to_o who_o it_o be_v express_o refer_v by_o the_o prophet_n joel_n chap._n 3.13_o concern_v which_o see_v what_o be_v discourse_v on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 19_o and_o the_o angel_n thrust_v in_o his_o sickle_n into_o the_o earth_n and_o gather_v the_o vine_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o cast_v it_o into_o the_o great_a winepress_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n i._n e._n into_o exquisite_a torment_n 20_o and_o the_o winepress_n be_v tread_v i._n e._n these_o judgement_n be_v execute_v without_o 39_o the_o city_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n chap._n 21.2_o isa_n 66.24_o in_o the_o valley_n of_o decision_n joel_n 3_o 2_o 12_o 14._o rev._n 16.16_o and_o blood_n come_v out_o of_o the_o winepress_n even_o to_o the_o horse_n bridle_v i._n e._n the_o destruction_n be_v very_o bloody_a and_o apparent_a to_o they_o with_o christ_n on_o white_a horse_n rev._n 19.14_o by_o the_o space_n of_o a_o thousand_o and_o six_o 40_o hundred_o furlong_n i._n e._n it_o be_v universal_a joel_n 3.2_o rev._n 16.14_o 30_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o belove_a city_n the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n which_o they_o come_v to_o compass_v rev._n 20.9_o but_o can_v not_o enter_v be_v discomfit_v in_o a_o place_n without_o it_o call_v jehoshaphat_n by_o joel_n whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o god_n judgement_n shall_v be_v execute_v upon_o they_o which_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o word_n jehoshaphat_n in_o the_o place_n to_o which_o the_o wicked_a shall_v be_v confine_v by_o god_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n 40_o four_o the_o square_a hundred_o square_a four_o time_n four_o hundred_o amount_v to_o sixteen_o hundred_o root_n of_o 1600_o be_v a_o symbol_n of_o universality_n take_v from_o the_o four_o corner_n or_o wind_n of_o heaven_n which_o denote_v the_o whole_a heaven_n and_o the_o whole_a earth_n in_o scripture_n and_o perhaps_o also_o upon_o other_o pythagorical_a and_o cabbalistical_a reason_n which_o may_v be_v see_v in_o dr._n moor_n commentary_n on_o this_o place_n and_o here_o be_v to_o be_v note_v what_o a_o learned_a friend_n suggest_v unto_o i_o that_o four_o be_v a_o square_a number_n and_o furlong_n be_v the_o measure_n of_o the_o four_o square_a city_n the_o new_a jerusalem_n chap._n 21.16_o hereby_o may_v be_v fit_o signify_v that_o this_o vengeance_n describe_v here_o as_o a_o four_o square_v one_o if_o i_o may_v so_o speak_v come_v out_o of_o the_o four_o square_a city_n be_v not_o only_o universal_a in_o the_o four_o quarter_n or_o utmost_a corner_n of_o the_o earth_n the_o seat_n of_o the_o wicked_a nation_n revel_v 20.8_o but_o also_o perfect_a and_o regular_a as_o a_o foursquare_a city_n be_v agreeable_a to_o god_n holy_a and_o righteous_a admensuration_n of_o justice_n towards_o all_o man_n the_o wicked_a as_o well_o as_o the_o saint_n chap._n xv._o the_o text._n 1_o and_o i_o see_v in_o vision_n another_o sign_n or_o 16.1_o or_o matth._n 16.1_o prodigious_a appearance_n more_o 1_o wonderful_a than_o the_o former_a see_v chap._n 12.1_o in_o 2_o heaven_n great_a and_o marvellous_a for_o the_o event_n signify_v by_o it_o 3_o seven_o angel_n the_o immediate_a minister_n of_o this_o judgement_n have_v in_o their_o vial_n verse_n 7._o the_o seven_o 4_o last_o plague_n or_o judgement_n for_o in_o they_o be_v fill_v up_o or_o finish_a the_o wrath_n of_o god_n and_o therefore_o they_o be_v the_o last_o annotation_n on_o chap._n xv._o 1_o for_o in_o the_o former_a paganism_n fall_v and_o the_o kingdom_n be_v only_o adjudge_v to_o christ_n but_o in_o this_o antichristianism_n fall_v and_o the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n itself_o appear_v whereas_o there_o be_v before_o only_o a_o emblem_n of_o it_o upon_o earth_n which_o be_v a_o state_n of_o thing_n more_o perfect_a than_o the_o former_a be_v here_o call_v not_o only_o a_o great_a but_o a_o marvellous_a portent_n 2_o three_o thing_n in_o this_o prophecy_n be_v more_o particular_o see_v as_o in_o heaven_n 1._o the_o divine_a court_n of_o judicature_n or_o grand_fw-fr synedrium_fw-la chap._n 4._o 2._o the_o downfall_n of_o paganism_n and_o the_o appearance_n of_o the_o christian_a empire_n chap._n 12.1_o 3._o the_o present_a judgement_n upon_o antichristianism_n all_o of_o they_o refer_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n but_o this_o to_o a_o high_a state_n of_o it_o now_o approach_v 3_o the_o sabbatick_a number_n of_o seven_o be_v all_o along_o use_v in_o this_o prophecy_n to_o show_v that_o the_o end_n and_o issue_n of_o all_o thing_n in_o it_o be_v with_o respect_n to_o christ_n kingdom_n at_o the_o seven_o thousand_o year_n of_o the_o world_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v 4_o hence_o we_o may_v note_v 1._o that_o these_o plague_n relate_v to_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n out_o of_o which_o they_o must_v issue_v because_o they_o be_v the_o last_o plague_n and_o that_o the_o last_o we_o at_o the_o first_o sound_v of_o which_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n come_v chap._n 11.18_o which_o be_v by_o these_o plague_n fill_v up_o or_o accomplish_v 2._o that_o the_o last_o plague_n must_v refer_v to_o the_o last_o division_n of_o time_n in_o daniel_n chap._n 12.12_o to_o wit_n the_o last_o forty_o five_o year_n which_o be_v add_v to_o the_o twelve_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o year_n make_v they_o up_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o and_o thirty_o five_o day_n of_o year_n there_o mention_v 3._o that_o the_o last_o portion_n of_o apocalyptick_a time_n necessary_o suppose_v that_o there_o be_v a_o constant_a order_n or_o connexion_n of_o time_n in_o this_o book_n from_o first_o to_o last_o viz._n from_o the_o first_o seal_n to_o the_o seven_o and_o last_o trumpet_n out_o of_o which_o first_o the_o voice_n and_o then_o the_o vial_n issue_n which_o be_v the_o last_o plague_n after_o which_o according_a to_o daniel_n the_o bless_a state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o glory_n begin_v until_o when_o none_o can_v enter_v the_o temple_n verse_n 8._o 2_o and_o i_o see_v as_o it_o be_v a_o sea_n of_o glass_n represent_v the_o pure_a state_n of_o the_o church_n and_o kingdom_n see_v on_o chap._n 4.6_o mingle_v with_o 5_o fire_n to_o denote_v the_o fiery_a indignation_n of_o god_n to_o be_v pour_v out_o of_o the_o vial_n and_o they_o that_o have_v get_v the_o victory_n over_o the_o beat_v and_o over_o his_o image_n and_o over_o his_o mark_n and_o over_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n i._n e._n who_o have_v overcome_v and_o escape_v out_o of_o the_o temptation_n of_o the_o antichristian_a profession_n see_v chap._n 13_o 15-18_a 14_o 11._o stand_v 6_o on_o the_o sea_n of_o glass_n in_o a_o posture_n and_o state_n of_o victory_n and_o happy_a security_n from_o the_o vengeance_n of_o the_o vial_n have_v the_o 7_o harp_n of_o god_n i._n e._n most_o excellent_a holy_a and_o heavenly_a music_n with_o joyful_a and_o thankful_a heart_n 5_o this_o have_v a_o reference_n to_o the_o red_a sea_n through_o which_o the_o israelite_n pass_v be_v make_v up_o as_o it_o be_v of_o the_o crystalline_a sea_n chap._n 4.6_o and_o the_o red_a sea_n exod._n 14._o this_o verse_n and_o some_o other_o in_o this_o chapter_n contain_v a_o allusion_n to_o that_o memorable_a story_n 6_o as_o the_o israelite_n exod._n 14.29_o 30._o stand_v on_o the_o shoot_v of_o the_o red_a sea_n in_o safety_n view_v the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o egyptian_n the_o type_n of_o the_o antichristian_a party_n for_o to_o stand_v on_o the_o sea_n signify_v to_o stand_v on_o the_o shore_n of_o it_o 1_o king_n 4.20_o exod._n 15.22_o whereby_o
when_o he_o arrive_v to_o his_o kingship_n and_o supremacy_n than_o this_o other_o beast_n become_v his_o false_a prophet_n serve_v and_o advance_v he_o by_o lie_v miracle_n and_o wonder_n 14_o for_o they_o three_o frog_n be_v indeed_o the_o spirit_n 25_o of_o devil_n like_a frog_n work_n 26_o lie_v miracle_n 2_o thes_n 2_o 9-11_a rev._n 13.13_o 14._o which_o go_v f_o rth_n unto_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o antichristian_a potentate_n and_o enemy_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n psalm_n 2.1_o 2._o judg._n 5.3.19_o rev._n 20_o 7-10_a and_o of_o the_o whole_a world_n chap._n 20.8_o to_o gather_v they_o by_o exciting_a and_o engage_v they_o to_o the_o 27_o battle_n of_o that_o 28_o great_a day_n of_o god_n almighty_n chap._n 19.19_o 25_o these_o wicked_a agent_n for_o paganism_n and_o aneichristianism_n be_v call_v spirit_n of_o devil_n because_o they_o be_v act_v and_o influence_v by_o the_o devil_n and_o his_o angel_n who_o ever_o since_o their_o fall_n have_v be_v permit_v to_o make_v bold_a attempt_n full_a of_o malice_n and_o rage_n against_o god_n and_o christ_n kingdom_n 26_o they_o be_v permit_v according_a to_o the_o example_n of_o the_o egyptian_a magician_n to_o work_v lie_v wonder_n as_o the_o devil_n have_v frequent_o do_v in_o the_o time_n of_o paganism_n and_o antichristianism_n 27_o this_o be_v the_o first_o battle_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n before_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n now_o ready_a to_o appear_v wherein_o they_o be_v overcome_v and_o the_o wisdom_n and_o extraordinary_a power_n of_o god_n style_v here_o upon_o that_o account_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o lord_n of_o host_n in_o respect_n of_o his_o rule_n and_o dominion_n over_o all_o thing_n and_o his_o power_n by_o which_o he_o be_v able_a to_o perform_v they_o be_v manifest_v in_o the_o defeat_n of_o the_o devil_n who_o have_v summon_v all_o his_o force_n and_o power_n together_o under_o the_o wise_a holy_a and_o incomprehensible_a justice_n and_o vengeance_n of_o god_n to_o show_v his_o utmost_a malice_n and_o rage_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n see_v on_o chap._n 19.19_o and_o on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 28_o wherein_o he_o will_v manifest_v his_o uncontrollable_a power_n and_o absolute_a dominion_n after_o the_o most_o extraordinary_a manner_n beyond_o any_o thing_n which_o have_v as_o yet_o appear_v 15_o behold_v 29_o say_v christ_n i_o come_v or_o be_o just_a ready_a to_o come_v in_o my_o thousand_o year_n kingdom_n as_o 30_o a_o thief_n i._n e._n on_o a_o sudden_a and_o after_o a_o surprise_v manner_n chap._n 3.3_o 10_o 11._o bless_a in_o that_o happy_a state_n dan._n 12.12_o be_v he_o that_o 31_o watch_v in_o this_o time_n of_o trouble_n and_o temptation_n and_o they_o who_o shall_v be_v find_v so_o do_v when_o i_o come_v luke_n 12_o 35-40_a and_o 32_o bless_a also_o be_v he_o that_o keep_v his_o garment_n i._n e._n his_o purity_n righteousness_n and_o innocency_n chap._n 19.8_o lest_o lose_v his_o righteousness_n he_o walk_v naked_a and_o they_o see_v his_o shame_n i._n e._n his_o shameful_a nakedness_n be_v discover_v to_o his_o utter_a confusion_n and_o he_o be_v drive_v out_o of_o paradise_n as_o his_o naked_a first_o parent_n be_v gen._n 3._o 2_o cor._n 5.3_o 29_o these_o word_n be_v a_o parenthesis_n speak_v by_o christ_n to_o those_o who_o profess_v his_o religion_n as_o appear_v from_o the_o gentleness_n and_o tender_a care_n of_o they_o command_v they_o to_o watch_v over_o themselves_o with_o great_a diligence_n and_o signify_v what_o their_o state_n shall_v be_v in_o his_o kingdom_n just_o approach_v intimate_v by_o the_o word_n bless_v take_v from_o dan._n 12.12_o which_o be_v a_o place_n of_o the_o like_a import_n with_o this_o 30_o christ_n be_v every_o where_o represent_v 5.2_o represent_v matth._n 24._o 1_o thess_n 5.2_o in_o scripture_n as_o come_v of_o a_o sudden_a to_o his_o kingdom_n notwithstanding_o the_o many_o prognostic_n give_v of_o it_o and_o preparation_n to_o it_o because_o his_o actual_a appear_v will_v be_v on_o a_o sudden_a and_o by_o surprise_n 31_o 32_o hereby_o be_v signify_v that_o all_o they_o shall_v be_v bless_v who_o have_v watch_v for_o christ_n with_o oil_n in_o their_o vessel_n as_o well_o as_o their_o lamp_n and_o shall_v be_v find_v real_o unite_v to_o he_o and_o have_v on_o his_o righteousness_n when_o he_o come_v in_o his_o kingdom_n see_v chap._n 3._o 16_o and_o he_o 33_o i._n e._n the_o spirit_n of_o devil_n under_o the_o justice_n and_o vengeance_n of_o almighty_a god_n in_o order_n to_o his_o glory_n and_o the_o punishment_n of_o his_o enemy_n judg._n 4.7_o joel_n 3.11_o 12._o gather_v they_o i._n e._n the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o of_o the_o whole_a world_n together_o by_o their_o instigation_n and_o power_n ever_o they_o into_o a_o place_n call_v in_o the_o hebrew_n tongue_n 34_o armageddon_n i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o most_o powerful_a and_o diabolical_a confederacy_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n psal_n 2._o 33_o it_o be_v evident_a from_o verse_n 14._o that_o this_o gather_v together_o be_v perform_v by_o the_o three_o evil_a spirit_n where_o yet_o as_o well_o as_o in_o this_o verse_n a_o verb_n of_o the_o singular_a number_n be_v make_v use_n of_o according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o greek_a language_n when_o a_o noun_n of_o the_o neuter_n gender_n be_v refer_v to_o and_o this_o gather_v together_o be_v some_o desperate_a attempt_n manage_v by_o the_o wicked_a of_o the_o old_a earth_n at_o the_o instigation_n and_o by_o the_o help_n of_o the_o evil_a spirit_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n just_a ready_a to_o appear_v in_o which_o they_o be_v discomfit_v after_o some_o extraordinary_a and_o miraculous_a manner_n as_o sisera_n be_v at_o megiddo_n judg._n 4_o 15.5_o 20._o and_o be_v confine_v by_o god_n in_o a_o miserable_a and_o most_o contemptible_a condition_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o the_o expire_a of_o which_o satan_n and_o his_o wicked_a king_n and_o nation_n be_v again_o loose_v see_v chap._n 20._o 34_o the_o word_n signify_v the_o hill_n of_o megiddo_n call_v megiddon_n by_o the_o lxx_o the_o zech._n 12.11_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d lxx_o prophet_n a_o royal_a city_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o issachar_n but_o belong_v to_o manasseh_n which_o 1.27_o which_o josh_n 17.11_o 12._o judg._n 1.27_o the_o canaanite_n inhabit_v in_o despite_n of_o the_o child_n of_o manasseh_n and_o be_v 4._o be_v judg._n chapter_n 3_o and_o 4._o famous_a for_o the_o miraculous_a defeat_n of_o sisera_n and_o the_o king_n of_o canaan_n a_o type_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n in_o this_o prophecy_n by_o barak_n and_o the_o israelite_n who_o come_v down_o from_o mount_n tabor_n which_o be_v not_o far_o from_o that_o place_n and_o discomfit_v they_o at_o the_o water_n of_o megiddo_n in_o the_o hilly_a as_o loc_n as_o in_o loc_n grotius_n think_v and_o mountainous_a part_n of_o that_o place_n and_o also_o for_o the_o death_n of_o 27._o of_o 2_o king_n 9_o 27._o ahaziah_n but_o especial_o of_o 20-27_a of_o 2_o king_n 23.29_o 30._o 2_o chron._n 35_o 20-27_a josiah_n who_o receive_v his_o deadly_a wound_n with_o a_o great_a slaughter_n in_o the_o valley_n of_o megiddo_n where_o he_o be_v bewail_v with_o so_o great_a a_o lamentation_n that_o the_o mourning_n in_o that_o valley_n be_v use_v by_o way_n of_o a_o proverbial_a speech_n by_o the_o prophet_n zechariah_n and_o megiddo_n be_v interpret_v by_o the_o lxx_o the_o valley_n of_o the_o slay_v or_o cut_v off_o as_o if_o it_o signify_v a_o place_n of_o great_a grief_n and_o slaughter_n and_o the_o name_n of_o this_o place_n be_v make_v choice_n of_o here_o perhaps_o to_o signify_v 1._o that_o satan_n shall_v be_v discomfit_v and_o that_o although_o he_o make_v choice_n of_o the_o most_o advantageous_a place_n to_o defend_v himself_o signify_v by_o the_o mountain_n encompass_v the_o valley_n of_o megiddo_n for_o the_o canaanite_n have_v have_v a_o terrible_a defeat_n in_o the_o valley_n satan_n the_o leader_n of_o these_o wicked_a king_n of_o the_o earth_n may_v be_v suppose_v now_o to_o make_v choice_n of_o new_a stratagem_n signify_v by_o the_o hill_n of_o megiddo_n according_a to_o the_o 20.23_o the_o 1_o king_n 20.23_o notion_n receive_v among_o idolater_n that_o the_o god_n of_o the_o hill_n be_v strong_a than_o the_o god_n of_o the_o plain_a 2._o with_o reference_n to_o what_o be_v prophesy_v of_o by_o 39.4_o by_o chap._n 39.4_o ezekiel_n concern_v gog_n the_o type_n of_o these_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n that_o he_o shall_v fall_v upon_o the_o mountain_n of_o israel_n 3._o megiddo_n be_v choose_v as_o the_o type_n and_o symbol_n of_o the_o place_n of_o this_o battle_n of_o decision_n to_o show_v that_o satan_n intend_v the_o destruction_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n now_o ready_a to_o succeed_v
supremacy_n see_v on_o chap._n 9_o 1_o 2._o and_o chap._n 13._o and_o at_o last_v shall_v go_v into_o 24_o perdition_n i._n e._n be_v utter_o destroy_v rev._n 19.20_o numb_a 24.24_o 2_o thes_n 2.8_o and_o they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o antichristian_a earth_n throughout_o all_o its_o territory_n shall_v wonder_v after_o the_o beast_n i._n e._n be_v wonderful_o take_v with_o he_o follow_v he_o with_o a_o implicit_a faith_n and_o worship_n and_o be_v subject_a unto_o he_o see_v on_o chap._n 13._o 3_o 4._o and_o by_o his_o admiter_n i_o mean_v those_o who_o name_n be_v not_o write_v in_o the_o book_n if_o life_n of_o the_o lamb_n chap._n 13._o 8._o slay_v from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n i._n e._n those_o who_o be_v not_o live_v member_n of_o christ_n true_a church_n choose_v from_o all_o eternity_n and_o purchase_v by_o the_o blood_n of_o christ_n the_o eternal_a sacrifice_n but_o of_o a_o new_a apostate_n church_n which_o yet_o pretend_v to_o be_v the_o catholic_n and_o have_v introduce_v new_a mediator_n and_o new_a sacrifice_n all_o these_o shall_v with_o wonder_n and_o adoration_n admire_v when_o they_o behold_v with_o great_a applause_n and_o with_o a_o superstitious_a fear_n and_o subjection_n the_o beast_n that_o be_v a_o draconick_a idolatrous_a power_n in_o its_o six_o head_n the_o emperor_n and_o be_v not_o as_o yet_o manifest_o and_o apparent_o the_o same_o imperial_a draconick_a power_n and_o yet_o be_v the_o same_n but_o in_o a_o image_n or_o a_o christian_a disguise_n have_v introduce_v a_o pagano-christian_a idolatry_n and_o a_o mock_v imperial_a power_n under_o the_o pretence_n of_o a_o christian_a supremacy_n see_v on_o chap._n 13._o 14_o 15._o 23_o 23_o 23_o this_o be_v as_o it_o be_v the_o name_n proph._n name_n dr._n moor_n on_o the_o place_n and_o his_o synop_n proph._n and_o character_n of_o the_o beast_n take_v from_o his_o different_a state_n and_o condition_n whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o the_o beast_n which_o he_o then_o see_v carry_v or_o support_v the_o woman_n or_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n which_o have_v be_v under_o a_o imperatorial_n power_n but_o be_v now_o under_o one_o which_o have_v be_v for_o some_o time_n advance_v towards_o it_o and_o be_v just_o ready_a to_o ascend_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o it_o be_v just_o come_v forth_o out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n which_o he_o go_v down_o to_o open_v chap._n 9_o 12._o and_o have_v exalt_v the_o imperial_a city_n to_o the_o height_n of_o ecclesiastical_a dignity_n by_o which_o be_v plain_o signify_v the_o time_n when_o the_o papacy_n attain_v its_o supremacy_n from_o phocas_n and_o exalt_v the_o church_n of_o rome_n above_o all_o church_n after_o it_o have_v be_v for_o some_o time_n in_o a_o weak_a and_o infant_n state_n according_a to_o what_o have_v be_v already_o discourse_v on_o chap._n 9_o 1_o 2._o and_o chap._n 13._o 24_o antichrist_n be_v call_v the_o son_n of_o perdition_n 2_o thes_n 2.3_o as_o judas_n the_o type_n of_o he_o also_o be_v john_n 17.12_o because_o he_o bring_v perdition_n or_o destruction_n upon_o other_o and_o be_v himself_o as_o high_o deserve_v it_o devote_v by_o god_n to_o perdition_n and_o that_o a_o most_o exemplary_a and_o severe_a one_o numb_a 24.24_o 9_o and_o here_o be_v matter_n to_o exercise_v the_o mind_n which_o have_v mystical_a and_o spiritual_a wisdom_n chap._n 13._o 18._o the_o seven_o head_n be_v the_o symbol_n and_o representation_n of_o seven_o 25_o mountain_n on_o which_o the_o woman_n i._n e._n the_o city_n and_o church_n of_o rome_n sit_v or_o be_v situate_v 25_o this_o be_v a_o most_o evident_a description_n of_o rome_n no_o other_o imperial_a city_n be_v seat_v at_o the_o time_n when_o john_n see_v this_o vision_n for_o it_o be_v describe_v as_o then_o actual_o reign_v at_o the_o 18_o verse_n upon_o seven_o mountain_n for_o 9_o for_o du_n fresne_n constantinop_n christian_n 1.8_o 9_o constantinople_n which_o indeed_o stand_v upon_o as_o many_o hill_n be_v not_o then_o build_v and_o the_o ancient_n byzantium_n be_v not_o so_o situate_v but_o be_v afterward_o enlarge_v to_o that_o compass_n by_o constantine_n in_o imitation_n of_o old_a rome_n and_o the_o seven_o head_n have_v a_o double_a signification_n as_o other_o 9.11_o other_o grot._n in_o heb._n 9.11_o type_n have_v not_o unfrequent_o in_o scripture_n for_o they_o have_v not_o only_o a_o reference_n to_o the_o seven_o king_n the_o movable_a and_o successive_a head_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o also_o to_o the_o seven_o immovable_a head_n or_o mountain_n on_o which_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v situate_v which_o be_v call_v head_n because_o they_o support_v the_o city_n which_o stand_v upon_o they_o as_o the_o seven_o head_n which_o be_v king_n do_v the_o civil_a state_n of_o it_o which_o be_v keep_v up_o by_o the_o majesty_n government_n and_o residence_n of_o they_o 10_o and_o also_o there_o or_o they_o *_o to_o wit_n the_o head_n be_v or_o signify_v seven_o 26_o king_n or_o form_n of_o supreme_a idolatrous_a government_n five_o be_v fall_v already_o from_o the_o sovereignty_n which_o they_o have_v exercise_v in_o their_o proper_a succession_n and_o one_o 27_o viz._n the_o government_n by_o pagan_a emperor_n be_v 28_o now_o in_o be_v and_o the_o other_o 29_o king_n but_o not_o head_n or_o idolatrous_a government_n viz._n the_o christian_a emperor_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v into_o succession_n and_o when_o he_o come_v he_o must_v or_o aught_o to_o continue_v a_o 30_o short_a space_n in_o comparison_n of_o the_o five_o first_o the_o government_n now_o in_o be_v and_o that_o which_o be_v to_o succeed_v it_o *_o so_o the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a aught_o to_o be_v translate_v 26_o head_n by_o a_o very_a apt_a similitude_n signify_v supreme_a power_n as_o be_v the_o govern_v part_n of_o the_o body_n signify_v by_o the_o beast_n and_o according_o seven_o head_n signify_v here_o seven_o king_n i._n e._n supreme_a governor_n or_o government_n as_o the_o word_n be_v take_v in_o scripture_n deut._n 33.5_o dan._n 7.17_o 23._o and_o hereby_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v undoubted_o signify_v which_o have_v seven_o successive_a kind_n of_o supreme_a government_n viz._n king_n consul_n decemvir_n dictator_n tribune_n emperor_n pope_n as_o 3._o as_o cressener_n demonstrat_n of_o the_o apocal._n lib._n 3._o protestant_n general_o reckon_v they_o up_o with_o great_a reason_n from_o history_n for_o the_o triumvirate_n be_v rather_o a_o confusion_n than_o a_o government_n and_o last_v not_o long_o and_o be_v reject_v by_o 21._o by_o lab._n 21._o fenestella_n as_o no_o magistracy_n 27_o 27_o the_o five_o first_o of_o these_o government_n be_v already_o past_a and_o abrogate_a at_o the_o time_n of_o this_o vision_n and_o be_v here_o only_o just_o mention_v and_o that_o altogether_o without_o any_o distinct_a account_n of_o they_o their_o time_n name_n difference_n or_o the_o order_n of_o their_o succession_n among_o themselves_o because_o they_o be_v of_o no_o further_a use_n to_o this_o propheey_n then_o to_o show_v that_o the_o one_o head_n then_o in_o be_v be_v the_o six_o of_o the_o seven_o after_o five_o already_o past_a but_o although_o the_o distinct_a order_n of_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o five_o government_n which_o be_v pass_v be_v not_o here_o particular_o specify_v whereby_o many_o doubt_n which_o may_v have_v be_v raise_v concern_v they_o be_v obviate_v yet_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o whole_a seven_o government_n be_v successive_a and_o not_o all_o together_o in_o be_v at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n because_o the_o six_o king_n be_v represent_v as_o follow_v five_o already_o past_a and_o as_o one_o then_o in_o be_v to_z which_z another_z not_o yet_o come_v be_v to_o succeed_v which_o be_v plain_a character_n of_o a_o orderly_a succession_n 28_o for_o john_n see_v this_o vision_n under_o domitian_n a_o pagan_a emperor_n and_o from_o hence_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o ancient_a pagan_a rome_n be_v not_o the_o beast_n because_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o eight_o king_n verse_n 11._o but_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n be_v the_o six_o to_o wit_n the_o king_n then_o in_o be_v the_o one_o that_o now_o be_v 29_o the_o one_o king_n or_o government_n in_o actual_a be_v when_o this_o vision_n be_v see_v be_v certain_o that_o of_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n and_o therefore_o the_o other_o here_o mention_v must_v be_v the_o christian_a emperor_n because_o they_o be_v the_o only_a king_n or_o government_n of_o rome_n which_o immediate_o succeed_v the_o pagan_a emperor_n and_o they_o be_v most_o apposite_o call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d not_o only_o to_o signify_v that_o they_o be_v the_o government_n next_o in_o succession_n to_o the_o former_a or_o distinct_a in_o number_n from_o it_o but_o that_o they_o be_v as_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d
〈◊〉_d signify_v of_o a_o other_o kind_n or_o sort_n from_o it_o as_o not_o be_v beastian_n or_o idolatrous_a but_o a_o utter_a enemy_n to_o the_o beast_n during_o who_o reign_n it_o lay_v wound_v to_o death_n chap._n 13._o 3._o whereupon_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d seem_v to_o be_v make_v use_n of_o by_o the_o holy_a spirit_n that_o so_o it_o may_v be_v answer_v by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o word_n which_o include_v both_o the_o former_a sense_n for_o see_v that_o there_o be_v eight_o king_n and_o but_o seven_o head_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o one_o of_o the_o king_n must_v be_v no_o head_n and_o therefore_o of_o a_o nature_n different_a from_o all_o the_o other_o which_o can_v only_o belong_v to_o this_o seven_o king_n because_o the_o five_o first_o government_n be_v know_v to_o be_v idolatrous_a government_n which_o be_v the_o signification_n of_o a_o head_n in_o this_o prophecy_n and_o the_o eight_o be_v express_o say_v to_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o that_o be_v idolatrous_a head_n so_o that_o this_o other_o be_v indeed_o a_o king_n and_o that_o the_o seven_o of_o the_o imperial_a city_n of_o rome_n but_o be_v not_o of_o the_o seven_o that_o be_v be_v not_o a_o king_n who_o be_v also_o a_o idolatrous_a head_n of_o the_o beast_n as_o all_o the_o six_o government_n before_o the_o christian_a emperor_n be_v and_o as_o the_o seven_o head_n be_v to_o be_v who_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n or_o government_n but_o the_o seven_o idolatrous_a king_n or_o the_o seven_o king_n who_o be_v a_o head_n as_o well_o as_o a_o king_n as_o appear_v from_o verse_n 11._o 30_o this_o be_v also_o a_o evident_a character_n of_o the_o christian_a empire_n which_o in_o comparison_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o five_o precede_a king_n and_o the_o 1260_o year_n of_o the_o beast_n last_v but_o for_o a_o short_a space_n viz_o but_o about_o a_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o year_n reckon_v from_o constantine_n until_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n under_o augustulus_n a._n d._n 476._o whence_o also_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o beast_n the_o next_o or_o eight_o king_n must_v enter_v into_o succession_n at_o that_o time_n together_o with_o his_o ten_o king_n who_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n at_o the_o same_o hour_n with_o he_o verse_n 12._o these_o be_v evident_o government_n immediate_o successive_a as_o a_o six_o to_o a_o five_o a_o seven_o to_o that_o and_o a_o eight_o follow_v it_o without_o any_o interregnum_fw-la or_o intermediate_v government_n and_o it_o be_v here_o say_v that_o it_o must_v or_o ought_v not_o to_o continue_v long_o to_o show_v that_o providence_n have_v ordain_v that_o the_o christian_a empire_n shall_v be_v short_a on_o purpose_n that_o there_o may_v be_v space_n enough_o out_o of_o the_o time_n destine_v for_o these_o purpose_n for_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n who_o kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v build_v upon_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o christian_a empire_n 11_o and_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v viz._n in_o the_o six_o head_n verse_n 8._o and_o be_v not_o as_o yet_o rise_v to_o his_o supremacy_n verse_n 8._o even_o he_o and_o let_v it_o be_v observe_v be_v the_o 31_o eight_o king_n verse_n 10._o and_o be_v one_o to_o wit_n the_o last_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n or_o idolatrous_a government_n the_o seven_o king_n be_v no_o head_n verse_n 10._o and_o go_v into_o perdition_n i._n e._n shall_v be_v destroy_v and_o then_o all_o the_o four_o monarchy_n end_v in_o he_o and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n succeed_v dan._n 2._o and_o 7._o see_v on_o verse_n 8._o and_o on_o verse_n 16_o 17._o 31_o from_o this_o verse_n it_o be_v evident_a 1._o that_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o papacy_n because_o that_o although_o there_o be_v king_n of_o italy_n after_o the_o extinction_n of_o the_o christian_a emperor_n the_o seven_o king_n yet_o rome_n the_o woman_n or_o great_a city_n of_o these_o eight_o king_n who_o uphold_v and_o sustain_v it_o by_o their_o authority_n and_o where_o the_o head_n and_o king_n be_v resident_a which_o reign_v over_o the_o inferior_a king_n or_o prince_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v never_o afterward_o under_o the_o supreme_a government_n of_o any_o but_o the_o pope_n at_o least_o for_o any_o considerable_a time_n who_o must_v therefore_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n here_o mention_v they_o be_v call_v king_n with_o respect_n to_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n as_o appear_v from_o verse_n 3_o 9_o 10_o 11_o 18._o and_o from_o what_o have_v be_v observe_v on_o chap._n 13._o 2._o where_o the_o very_a same_o beast_n with_o this_o be_v describe_v as_o be_v evident_a from_o the_o character_n give_v of_o they_o in_o both_o chapter_n which_o may_v be_v see_v in_o dr._n moor_n synop_n prophet_n lib._n 1._o chap._n 10_o etc._n etc._n and_o in_o dr._n cressener_n demonstrat_n of_o the_o apocalypse_v 2._o that_o the_o papacy_n be_v a_o idolatrous_a government_n because_o the_o eight_o king_n which_o be_v the_o papacy_n be_v of_o the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n or_o idolatrous_a roman_a empire_n in_o general_a and_o be_v also_o the_o beast_n in_o particular_a or_o that_o which_o be_v call_v so_o by_o way_n of_o eminence_n viz._n the_o seven_o head_n but_o eight_o king_n which_o be_v be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v which_o be_v call_v the_o beast_n although_o it_o be_v only_o a_o head_n of_o it_o as_o a_o eminent_a part_n have_v often_o the_o denomination_n of_o the_o whole_a and_o to_o show_v that_o it_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o daniel_n which_o be_v call_v dan._n 7.11_o the_o beast_n although_o it_o be_v only_o one_o of_o its_o horn_n whence_o 3_o it_o will_v follow_v that_o the_o present_a papacy_n be_v the_o beast_n because_o that_o have_v be_v in_o possession_n of_o the_o government_n of_o rome_n ever_o since_o the_o christian_a empire_n and_o so_o consequent_o no_v other_o antichristian_a king_n be_v to_o be_v expect_v towards_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n nor_o any_o other_o city_n to_o be_v understand_v here_o but_o the_o present_a papal_a rome_n the_o head_n of_o which_o the_o pope_n be_v actual_o crown_v pope_n crown_v sir_n paul_n rycaut_n be_v preface_n to_o the_o life_n of_o the_o pope_n with_o a_o triple_a crown_n after_o his_o election_n and_o that_o with_o so_o many_o solemnity_n that_o the_o ceremony_n take_v up_o a_o whole_a day_n and_o he_o have_v also_o all_o the_o ensign_n of_o temporal_a sovereignty_n as_o a_o court_n of_o cardinal_n who_o in_o the_o ceremoniale_a romanum_n be_v call_v prince_n in_o the_o church_n ambassador_n guard_n and_o the_o like_a and_o be_v approach_v with_o more_o reverence_n than_o the_o emperor_n themselves_o which_o be_v so_o much_o take_v notice_n of_o by_o the_o talmud_n the_o graseri_fw-la histor_n antichrist_n p._n 142._o buxtorf_n lexic_fw-la talmud_n jew_n and_o talmud_n and_o graseri_fw-la histor_n antichrist_n p._n 142._o buxtorf_n lexic_fw-la talmud_n infidel_n that_o the_o pope_n be_v frequent_o call_v the_o king_n of_o the_o frank_n i_o e._n the_o christian_n by_o the_o turk_n and_o the_o king_n of_o edom_n by_o the_o jew_n by_o which_o they_o mean_v rome_n 12_o and_o the_o ten_o 32_o horn_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v or_o signify_v ten_o king_n or_o independent_a soveraignity_n which_o have_v receive_v no_o kingdom_n or_o independency_n of_o and_o in_o the_o empire_n as_o yet_o i._n e._n at_o the_o time_n of_o this_o vision_n but_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n i._n e._n a_o independent_a and_o sovereign_a power_n one_o hour_n 23_o with_o the_o beast_n i._n e._n at_o the_o same_o time_n that_o the_o beast_n receive_v power_n and_o in_o conjunction_n with_o he_o 32_o these_o king_n receive_v power_n with_o the_o beast_n when_o he_o come_v to_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n which_o come_v not_o to_o pass_v until_o the_o extinction_n of_o the_o christian_a emperor_n of_o rome_n or_o the_o western_a caesar_n by_o these_o king_n can_v be_v mean_v no_o other_o than_o those_o among_o who_o the_o empire_n be_v divide_v upon_o the_o conquest_n of_o the_o northern_a nation_n who_o be_v think_v by_o mr._n antichrist_n mr._n pag._n 463._o 661._o author_n libri_fw-la de_fw-la excid_n antichrist_n mede_n and_o other_o learned_a man_n to_o have_v be_v ten_o at_o first_o although_o that_o number_n seem_v rather_o to_o be_v retain_v upon_o the_o account_n of_o the_o ten_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n in_o c_o daniel_n to_o which_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n do_v correspond_v to_o show_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v the_o last_o state_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n in_o which_o the_o image_n be_v to_o be_v break_v in_o piece_n by_o the_o stone_n the_o emblem_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o be_v to_o smite_v it_o on_o its_o foot_n and_o ten_o toe_n for_o the_o endeavour_n of_o learned_a
the_o commentator_n on_o this_o verse_n servant_n be_v comprehend_v under_o those_o two_o word_n dr._n moor_n also_o think_v that_o soul_n in_o purgatory_n may_v be_v here_o mean_v the_o redeem_n of_o which_o be_v a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o traffic_n of_o the_o romish_a church_n 14_o and_o the_o 17_o fruit_n that_o thy_o soul_n lust_v after_o i._n e._n the_o delicious_a advantage_n and_o great_a harvest_n of_o gain_n thou_o have_v so_o passionate_o pursue_v and_o long_v for_o be_v depart_v from_o thou_o and_o all_o thing_n which_o be_v dainty_a to_o taste_v and_o goodly_a to_o sight_n i._n e._n which_o may_v entice_v and_o allure_v gen._n 3.6_o be_v depart_v from_o thou_o and_o thou_o shall_v find_v thom_n no_o more_o at_o all_o i._n e._n all_o manner_n of_o hope_n of_o thy_o former_a advantage_n and_o delight_n shall_v be_v utter_o cast_v off_o for_o ever_o 17_o or_o the_o harvest_n of_o the_o desire_n of_o thy_o soul_n 15_o the_o merchant_n i_o say_v of_o these_o thing_n good_n or_o merchandise_n which_o be_v make_v rich_a by_o she_o by_o buy_v and_o sell_v shall_v stand_v afar_o off_o for_o the_o fear_n of_o her_o torment_n which_o they_o also_o expect_v to_o feel_v weep_v and_o wail_v 16_o and_o say_v alas_o alas_o that_o great_a city_n that_o be_v clothe_v in_o fine_a linen_n and_o purple_a and_o scarlet_a and_o deck_v with_o gold_n and_o precious_a stone_n and_o pearl_n i._n e._n that_o rich_a proud_a and_o luxurious_a church_n and_o city_n chap._n 17.4_o luke_n 16.19_o for_o in_o one_o hour_n so_o great_a riches_n be_v come_v to_o nought_o i._n e._n that_o rich_a and_o pompous_a city_n and_o church_n be_v on_o a_o sudden_a utter_o destroy_v 17_o and_o every_o 18_o ship-master_n and_o all_o the_o company_n in_o ship_n and_o sailor_n and_o as_o many_o as_o trade_v by_o sea_n i._n e._n the_o several_a superior_a and_o inferior_a order_n of_o man_n who_o make_v proselyte_n for_o and_o get_v their_o live_n by_o the_o romish_a part_n romish_a a_o church_n be_v frequent_o liken_v to_o a_o ship_n by_o the_o ecclesiastical_a writer_n who_o give_v a_o rationale_n of_o the_o name_n of_o its_o several_a part_n church_n especial_o those_o who_o bring_v riches_n into_o her_o treasury_n from_o her_o foreign_a dominion_n stand_v afar_o off_o 18_o this_o be_v take_v from_o ezek._n 27_o 25-36_a and_o by_o shipmasters_n may_v be_v mean_v those_o who_o import_v her_o foreign_a revenue_n and_o whatsoever_o contribute_v to_o her_o greatness_n idolatry_n and_o superstition_n as_o by_o merchant_n in_o the_o former_a verse_n may_v be_v particular_o and_o precise_o understand_v those_o who_o export_v such_o like_a traffic_n or_o trade_v within_o the_o territory_n of_o rome_n the_o church_n patrimony_n 18_o and_o cry_v when_o they_o see_v the_o smoke_n of_o her_o burn_a say_v what_o city_n be_v like_a unto_o this_o great_a destroy_v city_n i._n e._n there_o never_o be_v any_o city_n and_o church_n like_o it_o nor_o any_o desolation_n like_o she_o ezek._n 27.32_o 19_o and_o they_o cast_v dust_n on_o their_o head_n in_o token_n of_o sorrow_n ezek_n 27.30_o and_o cry_v weep_v and_o wail_v say_v alas_o alas_o that_o great_a city_n wherein_o be_v make_v rich_a all_o that_o have_v ship_n in_o the_o sea_n i._n e._n all_o that_o trade_a and_o traffic_v with_o she_o import_v what_o may_v serve_v and_o advantage_v she_o and_o gain_v proselyte_n to_o she_o by_o reason_n of_o her_o costliness_n i._n e._n out_o of_o her_o rich_a treasure_n and_o large_a revenue_n for_o in_o one_o hour_n she_o be_v make_v desolate_a 20_o but_o although_o they_o weep_v and_o wail_v yet_o rejoice_v over_o she_o say_v the_o voice_n from_o heaven_n verse_n 4_o thou_o heaven_n i._n e._n thou_o heavenly_a sanctuary_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o you_o holy_a apopostle_n and_o prophet_n or_o witness_n who_o be_v the_o member_n of_o it_o chap._n 11.3_o for_o god_n have_v avenge_v you_o of_o she_o and_o therefore_o it_o become_v you_o to_o rejoice_v to_o show_v your_o approbation_n of_o god_n justice_n on_o your_o behalf_n 21_o and_o a_o mighty_a angel_n or_o a_o very_a powerful_a minister_n of_o god_n vengeance_n take_v up_o a_o stone_n like_o a_o great_a 19_o millstone_n to_o show_v the_o greatness_n and_o it_o recoverableness_n of_o her_o downfall_n exod._n 15.10_o nehem._n 9.11_o jerem._n 51.63_o 64._o and_o cast_v it_o into_o the_o sea_n in_o which_o her_o merchant_n and_o ship-master_n have_v trade_v say_v thus_o or_o after_o this_o manner_n in_o token_n of_o its_o downfall_n with_o vioence_n that_o it_o may_v never_o rise_v again_o shall_v that_o great_a city_n babylon_n or_o antichristian_a rome_n be_v throw_v down_o and_o shall_v be_v find_v no_o more_o at_o all_o i._n e._n she_o shall_v be_v utter_o destroy_v with_o everlasting_a desolation_n jerem._n 51.26_o 19_o there_o be_v several_a fall_n of_o babylon_n in_o this_o prophecy_n as_o 1._o when_o the_o ten_o king_n give_v their_o power_n no_o long_o to_o the_o beast_n but_o hate_v the_o whore_n whereupon_o the_o whore_n that_o be_v the_o idolatrous_a city_n and_o church_n must_v needs_o fall_v when_o the_o beast_n who_o carry_v and_o support_v she_o have_v his_o power_n withdraw_v from_o he_o upon_o which_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o the_o decemprincipality_n fall_v as_o in_o a_o earthquake_n chap._n 11._o 13._o 2._o it_o seem_v to_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o antichristian_a city_n shall_v be_v destroy_v and_o that_o by_o fire_n by_o the_o ten_o king_n chap._n 17._o 16._o but_o 3._o beside_o these_o punishment_n to_o be_v inflict_v on_o the_o very_a city_n of_o rome_n which_o i_o take_v to_o be_v most_o particular_o mean_v by_o babylon_n here_o and_o not_o the_o whole_a jurisdiction_n there_o seem_v to_o be_v in_o this_o place_n as_o dr._n 3.10_o dr._n theory_n 3.10_o burnet_n have_v observe_v ome_z intimation_n of_o a_o more_o dreadful_a fate_n that_o will_v attend_v it_o namely_o to_o be_v absorb_v 〈◊〉_d swallow_v up_o in_o a_o lake_n fire_n and_o brimstone_n after_o thâ—â—â—nner_n of_o sodom_n and_o gomorrah_n so_o as_o total_o to_o disappear_v which_o he_o take_v to_o he_o a_o punishment_n distinct_a from_o its_o exterior_a burn_a to_o come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o conflagration_n and_o to_o be_v here_o mean_v see_v more_o on_o chap._n 19_o it_o be_v remarkable_a that_o babylon_n the_o type_n be_v according_a to_o prophecy_n isa_n 13_o 19-22_a jerem._n 50.13_o 26._o utter_o destroy_v so_o as_o never_o to_o be_v inhabit_v and_o build_v again_o for_o after_o it_o have_v be_v take_v by_o alexander_n it_o by_o degree_n decay_v first_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o neighbourhood_n of_o seleucia_n build_v by_o seleucus_n nicator_n on_o the_o river_n tigris_n about_o 293_o year_n before_o christ_n then_o by_o ctesiphon_n become_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o parthian_a empire_n build_v by_o they_o on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o river_n tigris_n to_o exhaust_v seleucia_n and_o by_o the_o build_n of_o bagdad_n on_o the_o same_o river_n by_o the_o saracen_n a._n d._n 766_o when_o it_o be_v finish_v and_o although_o these_o city_n especial_o bagdad_n be_v call_v babylon_n in_o author_n yet_o it_o be_v certain_o a_o distinct_a city_n from_o they_o the_o ancient_n babylon_n of_o the_o chaldee_n be_v situate_a on_o the_o river_n euphrates_n about_o three_o day_n journey_n from_o bagdad_n and_o be_v now_o only_o a_o heap_n of_o ruin_n her_o king_n have_v first_o desert_v she_o as_o the_o king_n of_o the_o antichristian_a babylon_n will_n and_o then_o the_o people_n who_o transplant_v themselves_o at_o different_a time_n to_o other_o place_n and_o build_v a_o city_n in_o egypt_n of_o the_o same_o name_n by_o the_o permission_n of_o the_o ptolemee_n from_o which_o place_n bp._n 1.8_o bp._n see_v pearson_n oper._n posthum_fw-la de_fw-fr succession_n rom._n episc_n dissert_n 1.8_o pearson_n suppose_v that_o the_o apostle_n peter_n date_v his_o second_o epistle_n 22_o and_o the_o 20_o voice_n of_o harper_n and_o musician_n and_o of_o piper_n and_o trumpeter_n shall_v he_o hear_v no_o more_o at_o all_o in_o thou_o i._n e._n nothing_o which_o tend_v to_o pleasure_n shall_v be_v any_o more_o hear_v in_o thou_o and_o no_o craftsman_n of_o whatsoever_o craft_n he_o be_v shall_v be_v find_v any_o more_o in_o thou_o and_o the_o sound_n of_o millstone_n to_o grind_v corn_n shall_v be_v â—eard_v no_o more_o at_o all_o in_o thou_o i._n e._n it_o shall_v never_o be_v again_o city_n and_o society_n which_o can_v subsist_v without_o necessary_n signify_v by_o trade_n and_o bread_n 20_o here_o and_o in_o the_o follow_a verse_n by_o several_a exaggeration_n according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o prophet_n from_o who_o they_o be_v take_v be_v set_v forth_o the_o utter_a desolation_n of_o the_o antichristian_a city_n 23_o and_o the_o light_n of_o a_o
safe_o and_o at_o rest_n when_o they_o shall_v be_v invade_v by_o gog_n that_o be_v the_o heathen_a nation_n out_o of_o who_o captivity_n they_o be_v to_o be_v bring_v and_o in_o such_o a_o posture_n may_v the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n be_v well_o presume_v to_o be_v after_o the_o thousand_o year_n when_o the_o laodicean_n state_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v on_o chap._n 3_o 14-21_a begin_v in_o which_o through_o a_o long_a continuance_n of_o glory_n and_o prosperity_n the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n begin_v to_o be_v less_o zealous_a and_o do_v not_o so_o ardent_o desire_v to_o be_v catch_v up_o to_o christ_n and_o be_v for_o ever_o with_o he_o as_o they_o have_v before_o do_v 10_o and_o the_o devil_n that_o deceive_v they_o or_o the_o deceiver_n of_o they_o and_o that_o from_o the_o beginning_n john_n 4.44_o 1_o john_n 3.8_o be_v without_o any_o trial_n as_o be_v take_v in_o the_o very_a fact_n and_o have_v be_v a_o notorious_a murderer_n and_o liar_n from_o the_o beginning_n and_o the_o father_n of_o all_o sin_n and_o enmity_n to_o christ_n kingdom_n cast_v immediate_o into_o the_o 33_o lake_n of_o fire_n and_o brimstone_n where_o the_o 34_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n be_v who_o be_v before_o cast_v into_o it_o chap._n 19.20_o and_o shall_v be_v torment_v day_n and_o night_n for_o ever_o and_o ever_o i._n e._n he_o be_v adjudge_v upon_o undeniable_a evidence_n of_o fact_n to_o a_o state_n of_o utter_a inability_n of_o act_v against_o god_n and_o christ_n and_o to_o extreme_a torment_n to_o all_o eternity_n without_o intermission_n 33_o he_o and_o his_o chief_n agent_n be_v condemn_v to_o the_o same_o punishment_n have_v no_o remains_o of_o any_o power_n leave_v no_o more_o than_o there_o be_v of_o a_o thing_n which_o be_v consume_v by_o fire_n for_o the_o devil_n shall_v not_o be_v only_o hold_v in_o chain_n as_o former_o but_o all_o his_o power_n and_o authority_n shall_v be_v utter_o abolish_v grotius_n in_o locum_fw-la &_o in_o cap._n 19,20_o 34_o from_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o gog_n and_o magog_n be_v not_o antichrist_n as_o some_o have_v think_v because_o antichrist_n be_v in_o the_o lake_n before_o their_o discomfiture_n and_o condemnation_n 11_o and_o i_o see_v a_o 35_o great_a white_a 36_o throne_n i._n e._n a_o representation_n of_o the_o last_o and_o great_a act_n of_o judicature_n in_o which_o all_o enmity_n be_v destroy_v and_o the_o live_n remain_a saint_n be_v catch_v up_o to_o the_o lord_n to_o sit_v with_o he_o on_o his_o throne_n and_o all_o which_o belong_v to_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v full_o sanctify_v and_o glorify_v and_o prepare_v for_o union_n with_o god_n to_o all_o eternity_n 1_o cor._n 15._o 1_o thes_n 4._o rev._n 3.21_o and_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o it_o i._n e._n christ_n matth._n 25.31_o act_n 17.21_o from_o who_o 37_o face_n or_o presence_n upon_o the_o declaration_n of_o his_o will_n the_o 38_o new_a earth_n and_o the_o 38_o new_a heaven_n sle_z 39_o away_o or_o disappear_v at_o his_o rebuke_n and_o command_n and_o there_o be_v find_v no_o 40_o place_n for_o they_o i._n e._n they_o be_v utter_o abolish_v and_o annihilate_v psalm_n 37.10_o dan._n 2.35_o rev._n 12.8_o 35_o it_o be_v a_o great_a throne_n because_o all_o who_o have_v overcome_v be_v to_o sit_v with_o christ_n in_o it_o and_o the_o whole_a world_n be_v to_o be_v final_o judge_v at_o it_o and_o it_o be_v white_a to_o show_v the_o glory_n sanctity_n and_o purity_n of_o christ_n justice_n and_o of_o the_o state_n in_o which_o the_o saint_n be_v now_o to_o be_v invest_v who_o at_o this_o great_a and_o last_o session_n be_v catch_v up_o together_o into_o the_o air_n to_o be_v with_o christ_n for_o ever_o after_o they_o have_v judge_v the_o world_n with_o he_o 36_o from_o the_o appearance_n of_o this_o throne_n and_o the_o follow_a judgement_n it_o may_v be_v conclude_v that_o this_o be_v the_o laodicean_n state_n of_o the_o church_n according_a to_o the_o importance_n of_o the_o word_n which_o signify_v the_o judge_n of_o the_o people_n see_v on_o chap._n 3._o 37_o face_n signify_v a_o steadfast_a will_n and_o purpose_n show_v by_o gesture_n or_o other_o sign_n and_o circumstance_n as_o the_o word_n be_v take_v luke_n 9_o 51-53_a 38_o 38_o these_o must_v be_v the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n who_o description_n be_v give_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n because_o they_o fly_v away_o after_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n which_o be_v the_o space_n of_o time_n allot_v to_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o reign_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o the_o holy_a city_n prepare_v as_o a_o bride_n the_o new_a jerusalem_n which_o be_v to_o be_v not_o in_o the_o old_a but_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o earth_n as_o will_v plain_o appear_v to_o any_o one_o who_o compare_v this_o chapter_n with_o the_o follow_v wherein_o as_o be_v all_o along_o observe_v be_v such_o description_n give_v of_o the_o thousand_o year_n kingdom_n of_o christ_n as_o can_v agree_v to_o no_o other_o but_o a_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n in_o which_o dwell_v righteousness_n 39_o this_o new_a earth_n fly_v away_o but_o the_o old_a one_o be_v to_o be_v dissolve_v by_o fire_n of_o which_o fly_v away_o be_v not_o a_o proper_a expression_n 40_o the_o psalmist_n express_v the_o death_n of_o a_o man_n by_o his_o place_n know_v he_o no_o more_o psalm_n 103.16_o but_o when_o it_o be_v say_v that_o no_o place_n be_v find_v for_o a_o thing_n thereby_o seem_v to_o be_v denote_v its_o utter_a annihilation_n and_o withal_o the_o impossibility_n of_o any_o other_o thing_n succeed_v in_o its_o place_n because_o there_o be_v no_o place_n remain_v into_o which_o it_o shall_v succeed_v whence_o it_o follow_v that_o this_o be_v the_o last_o heaven_n and_o earth_n and_o that_o no_o new_a one_o be_v to_o succeed_v it_o and_o that_o nothing_o else_o shall_v remain_v after_o it_o but_o the_o eternal_a kingdom_n of_o god_n all_o in_o all_o in_o the_o high_a heaven_n and_o the_o lake_n of_o the_o damn_a 12_o and_o i_o see_v the_o 41_o dead_a in_fw-la trespass_n and_o sin_n who_o have_v lie_v in_o a_o unactive_a state_n of_o infamy_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n and_o be_v afterward_o discomfit_v by_o the_o fire_n of_o god_n which_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n verse_n 5_o 9_o small_a 42_o and_o great_o i._n e._n all_o sort_n and_o the_o whole_a race_n of_o they_o chap._n 19.18_o stand_v before_o god_n to_o be_v judge_v by_o he_o and_o the_o 43_o book_n of_o god_n omniscience_n man_n conscience_n and_o the_o law_n be_v open_v i._n e._n man_n action_n and_o god_n knowledge_n of_o they_o be_v make_v manifest_a and_o 44_o another_o book_n be_v open_v which_o be_v the_o book_n 44_o of_o life_n viz._n the_o lamb_n book_n of_o life_n from_o the_o foundation_n of_o the_o world_n chap._n 3_o 5.13_o 8.17_o 8_o 21_o 27._o and_o the_o wicked_a dead_a raise_v to_o condemnation_n and_o discomfit_v by_o god_n severe_a judgement_n and_o indignation_n and_o now_o bring_v all_o together_o to_o receive_v their_o final_a sentence_n be_v judge_v out_o of_o those_o thing_n which_o be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n according_a to_o their_o own_n wicked_a work_v which_o be_v not_o also_o find_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o life_n verse_n 15._o 41_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o this_o be_v the_o judgement_n of_o the_o nation_n the_o gog-magog_n who_o be_v discomfit_v verse_n 9_o because_o they_o be_v call_v the_o dead_a in_o ezekiel_n and_o the_o slay_a and_o dead_a in_o this_o prophecy_n 42_o hence_o it_o also_o appear_v that_o these_o be_v the_o king_n and_o their_o army_n mention_v chap._n 19.18_o 19_o who_o be_v the_o slay_v and_o the_o all_o man_n small_a and_o great_a viz._n the_o whole_a race_n of_o wicked_a men._n 43_o a_o metaphor_n 3.16_o metaphor_n dan._n 7.10_o esth._n 6.1_o isa_n 65.6_o malach._n 3.16_o take_v from_o the_o roll_n and_o record_n of_o court_n of_o judicature_n and_o from_o the_o register_n keep_v by_o the_o eastern_a king_n of_o the_o action_n of_o their_o reign_n whereby_o god_n exact_a justice_n and_o the_o perfect_a knowledge_n which_o he_o have_v of_o all_o man_n action_n be_v set_v forth_o and_o the_o evident_a conviction_n which_o will_v attend_v the_o procedure_v of_o that_o great_a day_n matth._n 12.36_o 1_o cor._n 4.5_o 44_o 44_o this_o be_v be_v the_o book_n of_o election_n and_o predestination_n belong_v to_o the_o live_n in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n which_o be_v represent_v as_o one_o single_a book_n because_o it_o depend_v upon_o one_o single_a decree_n of_o god_n and_o one_o single_a cause_n of_o that_o decree_n viz._n the_o free_a grace_n and_o good_a pleasure_n of_o god_n in_o christ_n act_v 13.48_o rom._n 8.28_o etc._n etc._n
whole_a space_n of_o the_o bless_a millennium_n rev._n 20._o 7._o the_o body_n of_o the_o dead_a saint_n be_v raise_v be_v catch_v up_o into_o the_o air_n and_o the_o saint_n which_o come_v with_o christ_n appear_v in_o they_o together_o with_o he_o in_o the_o heaven_n and_o probable_o continue_v with_o he_o there_o in_o glory_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n the_o heaven_n be_v purge_v and_o purify_v as_o it_o be_v by_o fire_n and_o the_o 6.12_o the_o luke_n 10.18_o eph._n 6.12_o evil_a spirit_n fall_v down_o like_o lightning_n from_o the_o air_n which_o have_v be_v so_o long_o possess_v by_o they_o whereby_o these_o high_a and_o heavenly_a place_n be_v as_o it_o be_v prepare_v for_o the_o reception_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n for_o righteousness_n must_v dwell_v in_o the_o new_a 23._o new_a 2_o pet._n 3.13_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d rom._n 8.22_o 23._o heaven_n as_o well_o as_o the_o new_a earth_n and_o the_o whole_a creation_n groan_n and_o wait_v for_o this_o redemption_n but_o this_o shall_v be_v further_o make_v out_o as_o occasion_n offer_v upon_o the_o follow_a part_n of_o this_o vision_n 8._o the_o live_a saint_n will_v be_v 10-16_a be_v malach._n 3_o 13_a 1_o cor._n 3_o 10-16_a purge_v and_o purify_v as_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o many_o of_o they_o shall_v be_v save_v at_o this_o day_n with_o great_a difficulty_n but_o all_o shall_v be_v preserve_v by_o god_n who_o know_v how_o to_o deliver_v the_o godly_a as_o he_o do_v lot_n and_o the_o three_o child_n in_o the_o fiery_a furnace_n which_o be_v type_n of_o this_o last_o and_o great_a deliverance_n 2_o pet._n 2.9_o in_o the_o general_a conflagration_n and_o their_o body_n be_v change_v they_o shall_v reign_v with_o christ_n on_o the_o new_a earth_n the_o 7-9_a the_o rom._n 8_o 19-24_a burnet_n be_v theory_n 4_o 7-9_a former_a be_v unfit_a through_o the_o vanity_n and_o corruption_n it_o be_v subject_a to_o for_o such_o a_o purpose_n and_o this_o be_v that_o state_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o it_o earnest_o expect_v and_o groan_v after_o and_o for_o which_o it_o be_v design_v by_o god_n who_o seem_v to_o declare_v by_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n chap._n 45.17_o 18._o that_o he_o create_v it_o not_o in_o vain_a or_o to_o be_v such_o a_o chaos_n and_o subject_a to_o so_o much_o vanity_n rom._n 8.20_o as_o it_o now_o be_v but_o to_o be_v inhabit_v by_o the_o mystical_a israel_n of_o all_o the_o earth_n isa_n 45.17_o 21_o 22._o who_o shall_v be_v save_v in_o the_o lord_n with_o a_o everlasting_a salvation_n 9_o all_o this_o will_v come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o very_a beginning_n of_o christ_n come_v who_o proceed_n will_v be_v very_o sudden_a and_o swift_a malach._n 3.5_o 1_o cor._n 15.52_o in_o which_o 110.1_o which_o malach._n 4_o 14_a psalm_n 110.1_o the_o wicked_a shall_v be_v burn_v up_o and_o tread_v down_o and_o be_v as_o ash_n under_o the_o sole_n of_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o saint_n lie_v at_o the_o footstool_n of_o christ_n throne_n whilst_o the_o live_a saint_n reign_v with_o he_o on_o the_o new_a earth_n and_o the_o raise_a saint_n in_o the_o new_a heaven_n 10._o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n upon_o christ_n withdraw_v some_o of_o his_o more_o immediate_a presence_n and_o glory_n satan_n will_v stir_v up_o the_o wicked_a nation_n who_o have_v be_v all_o that_o while_n in_o a_o state_n of_o contempt_n and_o punishment_n malach._n 4_o 14_a to_o endeavour_v to_o destroy_v christ_n kingdom_n on_o earth_n upon_o which_o he_o will_v catch_v up_o his_o saint_n into_o the_o air_n and_o give_v they_o incorruptible_a body_n and_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o saint_n with_o christ_n their_o head_n shall_v final_o judge_v the_o wicked_a world_n and_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o earth_n shall_v disappear_v and_o fly_v away_o the_o son_n shall_v deliver_v up_o his_o kingdom_n to_o the_o father_n and_o the_o saint_n shall_v remain_v with_o he_o to_o all_o eternity_n whilst_o satan_n and_o all_o the_o wicked_a remain_v in_o the_o lake_n for_o ever_o which_o be_v a_o place_n of_o punishment_n represent_v as_o a_o lake_n make_v out_o of_o the_o liquefaction_n and_o dissolution_n of_o the_o present_a earth_n burn_v with_o fire_n and_o this_o be_v a_o brief_a scriptural_a account_n of_o this_o great_a transaction_n against_o judgement_n against_o see_v dr._n beverley_n universal_a christian_a doctrine_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n which_o although_o many_o objection_n may_v be_v raise_v yet_o there_o be_v few_o which_o may_v not_o be_v as_o plausible_o allege_v against_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n as_o it_o be_v usual_o understand_v by_o divine_n 2_o and_o 5_o i_o john_n the_o apocâ—lyptick_n apostle_n unto_o who_o christ_n have_v send_v and_o signify_v and_o show_v thing_n to_o come_v thereby_o testify_v that_o i_o be_v a_o servant_n of_o he_o and_o great_o belove_v by_o he_o rev._n 1_o 1._o dan._n 9_o 23.10_o 7_o 11_o 19_o see_v and_n let_v it_o be_v observe_v diligent_o for_o these_o word_n be_v true_a and_o faithful_a verse_n 5._o the_o 6_o holy_a city_n or_o polity_n of_o saint_n new_a jerusalem_n above_o the_o mother_n of_o we_o all_o gal._n 4.26_o heb._n 11_o 10_o 16.12_o 22_o 23._o come_n down_o with_o christ_n into_o the_o region_n of_o the_o air_n 1_o thes_n 4_o 14-18_a see_v on_o chap._n 19.7_o 8_o 9_o 14.19.20_o 4._o from_o god_n the_o father_n out_o of_o heaven_n before_o who_o throne_n it_o have_v hitherto_o be_v in_o various_a degree_n of_o exaltation_n see_v on_o chap._n 12_o 1.14_o 1._o prepare_v and_n array_v in_o christ_n righteousness_n as_o a_o bride_n adorn_v for_o her_o husband_n which_o be_v the_o lamb_n christ_n that_o he_o may_v present_v to_o himself_o a_o glorious_a church_n not_o have_v spot_n or_o wrinkle_n and_o at_o last_o perfect_o unite_v it_o to_o god_n in_o his_o eternal_a kingdom_n eph._n 5.26_o 27._o rev._n 19.7_o 8_o 9_o 5_o he_o do_v not_o say_v simple_o as_o in_o the_o former_a verse_n i_o see_v but_o i_o john_n see_v by_o that_o emphatical_a expression_n show_v the_o great_a importance_n of_o the_o vision_n and_o likewise_o more_o earnest_o affirm_v the_o truth_n of_o that_o which_o be_v to_o be_v of_o so_o great_a use_n and_o consolation_n to_o the_o saint_n hereby_o imitate_v the_o belove_a prophet_n daniel_n who_o frequent_o make_v use_v of_o the_o same_o phrase_n upon_o the_o like_a occasion_n 6_o from_o a_o due_a compare_n of_o this_o place_n with_o the_o place_n quote_v in_o the_o paraphrase_n it_o appear_v 1._o that_o the_o holy_a city_n be_v no_o other_o than_o the_o bride_n or_o saint_n those_o army_n which_o come_v with_o christ_n in_o the_o air_n to_o judgement_n in_o his_o kingdom_n the_o very_a they_o who_o sit_v in_o throne_n and_o reign_v with_o he_o a_o thousand_o year_n chap._n 20.4_o as_o have_v be_v before_o prove_v and_o often_o observe_v 2._o that_o this_o new_a jerusalem_n be_v in_o the_o new_a heaven_n or_o heavenly_a place_n of_o the_o air_n as_o they_o be_v call_v in_o scripture_n into_o which_o the_o saint_n come_v or_o descend_v from_o heaven_n with_o christ_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v and_o consequent_o that_o the_o new_a 8._o new_a dr._n burnet_n be_v theory_n 4.3_o 8._o heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n be_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n reign_v of_o christ_n and_o the_o saint_n the_o inhabitant_n of_o it_o because_o they_o be_v here_o represent_v as_o come_v into_o it_o as_o into_o a_o place_n new_o prepare_v for_o they_o by_o god_n verse_n 1_o 3._o that_o this_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n come_v down_o from_o god_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o its_o high_a and_o most_o exalt_v state_n which_o have_v be_v hitherto_o represent_v in_o this_o vision_n as_o before_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n in_o divers_a state_n and_o degree_n of_o exaltation_n according_a as_o christ_n kingdom_n increase_v and_o his_o enemy_n be_v subdue_v by_o god_n the_o father_n at_o who_o right_a hand_n he_o be_v to_o sit_v in_o a_o patient_a expectation_n of_o this_o kingdom_n until_o all_o his_o enemy_n be_v make_v his_o footstool_n which_o be_v now_o perform_v he_o come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n with_o his_o bride_n or_o church_n purify_v and_o perfect_o sanctify_v into_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n in_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n the_o seat_n of_o the_o bless_a millennium_n for_o thus_o heb._n 12.22_o compare_v with_o rev._n 14.1_o the_o saint_n first_o come_v unto_o mount_n zion_n and_o then_o unto_o the_o city_n of_o the_o live_a god_n the_o heavenly_a jerusalem_n or_o the_o archetypal_a state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o heaven_n to_o which_o there_o be_v one_o always_o correspondent_a on_o earth_n the_o metropolis_n of_o the_o christian_a worship_n which_o have_v its_o original_a from_o thence_o heb
agreeable_a to_o the_o pure_a and_o exact_a measure_n of_o god_n law_n whereas_o it_o be_v before_o leave_v out_o as_o irregular_a and_o be_v not_o measure_v chap._n 11.2_o and_o to_o measure_n the_o gate_n thereof_o i._n e._n to_o declare_v who_o have_v right_a of_o access_n into_o it_o and_o the_o wall_n thereof_o i._n e._n to_o show_v and_o declare_v in_o what_o the_o defence_n and_o security_n of_o god_n church_n and_o kingdom_n consist_v 17_o the_o temple_n chap._n 11.1_o be_v measure_v by_o a_o man_n but_o this_o city_n by_o a_o angel_n that_o by_o a_o common_a reed_n like_o a_o rod_n this_o by_o a_o simple_a reed_n but_o a_o golden_a one_o to_o show_v that_o this_o state_n which_o be_v the_o real_a accomplishment_n of_o ezekiel_n visionary_a city_n and_o the_o full_a open_n of_o the_o enclose_a temple_n be_v a_o angelical_a state_n in_o which_o the_o saint_n be_v equal_a to_o angel_n math._n 22.30_o and_o that_o it_o be_v purge_v and_o purify_v as_o gold_n in_o the_o trial_n of_o the_o fire_n of_o the_o last_o day_n and_o that_o christ_n have_v break_v to_o piece_n the_o heathen_a nation_n by_o the_o rod_n of_o his_o power_n psalm_n 2_o 9.110_o 2._o and_o will_v now_o measure_v and_o rule_v by_o a_o golden_a reed_n as_o by_o a_o golden_a sceptre_n the_o emblem_n of_o favour_n and_o reconciliation_n among_o the_o eastern_a nation_n esth_n 4_o 11.5_o 2.8_o 4._o and_o will_v no_o more_o chastise_v and_o correct_v his_o servant_n 18_o the_o temple_n only_o be_v measure_v before_o chap._n 11.1_o 2._o and_o not_o the_o city_n but_o here_o there_o be_v no_o temple_n verse_n 22._o and_o the_o whole_a city_n be_v measure_v in_o all_o the_o dimension_n of_o it_o to_o show_v that_o the_o whole_a visible_a church_n be_v now_o regular_a and_o symmetral_a and_o be_v become_v a_o live_n and_o holy_a temple_n unto_o god_n 16_o and_o the_o city_n lie_v foursquare_n to_o show_v that_o the_o church_n in_o christ_n kingdom_n shall_v be_v 19_o universal_a a_o body_n 20_o well_o compact_a firm_a and_o immovable_a constant_a 21_o perfect_a and_o always_o like_o itself_o in_o 22_o perfect_a peace_n and_o repose_n and_o can_v receive_v the_o least_o 23_o addition_n or_o diminution_n from_o what_o be_v once_o deliver_v unto_o it_o and_o the_o length_n be_v as_o large_a as_o the_o breadth_n i_o e._n it_o be_v 24_o exact_o perfect_a and_o he_o measure_v the_o city_n with_o the_o reed_n twelve_o thousand_o furlong_n to_o show_v that_o it_o be_v perfect_o 25_o apostolical_a and_o exact_o agreeable_a to_o the_o measure_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n of_o the_o holy_a city_n 26_o jerusalem_n and_o whole_o different_a from_o the_o antichristian_a state_n of_o 26_o rome_n the_o 27_o length_n and_o the_o breath_n and_o the_o height_n of_o it_o be_v equal_a i._n e._n it_o be_v 28_o exact_o agreeable_a with_o itself_o and_o entire_o apostolical_a in_o the_o whole_a and_o each_o part_n of_o it_o 19_o of_o which_o the_o number_n four_o be_v a_o symbol_n take_v from_o the_o four_o quarter_n of_o the_o world_n whereby_o the_o whole_a world_n be_v denote_v in_o scripture_n 20_o of_o which_o nature_n be_v building_n of_o four_o square_a stone_n and_o army_n draw_v up_o in_o that_o figure_n whence_o quadratum_fw-la agmen_fw-la corpus_fw-la quadratum_fw-la and_o turres_n quadratae_n be_v use_v in_o author_n for_o strong_a body_n and_o well_o compact_a and_o firm_a building_n and_o army_n and_o such_o aught_o the_o church_n to_o be_v and_o shall_v be_v in_o christ_n kingdom_n isaiah_n 33_o 20._o psalm_n 78.69_o matth._n 16.18_o heb._n 12.27_o 28._o eph._n 4.14_o 16._o 21_o whence_o the_o phrase_n homo_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d concern_v a_o perfect_a just_a and_o constant_a man_n as_o a_o square_a figure_n or_o cube_n be_v every_o way_n like_o itself_o turn_v it_o on_o which_o side_n you_o please_v and_o so_o ought_v the_o church_n to_o be_v always_o constant_a to_o itself_o in_o all_o its_o doctrine_n not_o mutable_a and_o inconstant_a 22_o as_o a_o solid_a square_n cube_n or_o die_v be_v a_o figure_n the_o most_o stable_a of_o any_o other_o which_o throw_v it_o which_o way_n you_o will_v always_o settle_v itself_o at_o last_o upon_o its_o own_o basis_n and_o remain_v firm_a because_o its_o basis_n be_v broad_a and_o equal_a 23_o as_o a_o square_n be_v alter_v from_o its_o own_o figure_n into_o another_o by_o the_o least_o addition_n to_o it_o or_o diminution_n from_o it_o and_o thus_o the_o church_n when_o it_o take_v from_o or_o add_v to_o the_o faith_n once_o deliver_v to_o the_o saint_n lose_v that_o perfection_n in_o which_o it_o be_v build_v at_o first_o by_o god_n and_o become_v irregular_a upon_o which_o and_o other_o reason_n a_o four_o square_a figure_n be_v much_o in_o use_n in_o scripture_n it_o be_v the_o figure_n of_o the_o 4.6_o the_o see_v on_o chap_n 4.6_o encampment_n round_o about_o the_o tabernacle_n and_o of_o the_o divine_a consessus_fw-la in_o this_o prophecy_n of_o the_o â—_o the_o exod._n 27._o â—_o altar_n 28.16_o altar_n exod._n 28.16_o breast_n plate_n and_o the_o most_o 3.8_o most_o 1_o king_n 6.20_o 2_o chron._n 3.8_o holy_a place_n under_o the_o law_n as_o also_o of_o many_o thing_n belong_v to_o locum_fw-la to_o ezek._n 41_o 21.42_o 20_o etc._n etc._n vid._n grot._n in_o locum_fw-la ezekiel_n visional_a temple_n 24_o as_o that_o be_v a_o perfect_a square_n who_o length_n and_o breadth_n be_v equal_a whereas_o if_o they_o be_v unequal_a it_o will_v be_v a_o parallelogram_n or_o a_o long_a square_n which_o be_v less_o perfect_a than_o a_o square_n see_v mr._n potter_n chap._n 28._o 25_o for_o twelve_o signify_v apostolicalness_n from_o the_o twelve_o apostle_n and_o a_o thousand_o be_v a_o number_n of_o perfection_n see_v on_o chap._n 7_o 4.20_o 4._o here_o be_v also_o a_o concurrence_n of_o number_n and_o measure_n viz._n of_o the_o number_n twelve_o with_o the_o twelve_o thousand_o furlong_n the_o measure_n of_o the_o solid_a content_n of_o this_o city_n hereby_o may_v be_v signify_v that_o in_o this_o state_n there_o will_v be_v a_o exact_a concurrence_n of_o whatsoever_o god_n have_v require_v by_o his_o rule_n and_o law_n to_o the_o perfection_n of_o church-state_n as_o thing_n be_v know_v to_o be_v exact_o just_a and_o equal_a when_o they_o be_v not_o only_o the_o same_o they_o be_v at_o first_o in_o number_n but_o be_v agreeable_a to_o the_o standard_n weight_n and_o measure_n 26_o 26_o to_o show_v that_o this_o city_n be_v more_o peculiar_o describe_v in_o opposition_n to_o the_o roman_a hierarchy_n the_o perimeter_n of_o the_o cube_n 1200_o furlong_n be_v the_o circuit_n of_o jerusalem_n the_o holy_a city_n as_o the_o perimeter_n of_o the_o cube_n twenty_o five_o thousand_o furlong_n which_o 25_o be_v the_o root_n of_o the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o circuit_n of_o rome_n and_o to_o the_o twelve_o gate_n angel_n tribe_n foundation_n in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n do_v answer_n twenty_o five_o gate_n pastor_n parish_n cardinal_n etc._n etc._n in_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n dr._n moor_n on_o this_o place_n and_o his_o mystery_n of_o godliness_n 5.16_o and_o mr._n potter_n interpret_v of_o the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n 27_o hence_o it_o appear_v 1._o that_o this_o be_v a_o 28._o a_o potter_n chap._n 28._o equilateral_a square_n the_o most_o perfect_a and_o the_o most_o capacious_a of_o all_o such_o figure_n whereby_o the_o perfection_n and_o the_o universal_a extent_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n may_v be_v signify_v 2._o that_o the_o city_n itself_o etc._n itself_o potter_n chap._n 2_o 3_o 4_o etc._n etc._n be_v measure_v 1200_o furlong_n from_o whence_o it_o follow_v that_o it_o be_v of_o a_o solid_a cubical_a figure_n like_o a_o die_v have_v three_o dimension_n and_o that_o its_o measure_n be_v solid_a measure_n whereby_o they_o be_v make_v to_o agree_v with_o ezekiel_n measure_n by_o mr._n potter_n because_o nothing_o can_v measure_v a_o solid_a figure_n but_o a_o solid_a measure_n whereby_o the_o firmness_n and_o solidity_n of_o this_o church_n state_n be_v set_v forth_o and_o also_o that_o it_o place_n it_o dr._n moor_n paraphrase_n on_o the_o place_n can_v be_v a_o city_n literal_o understand_v and_o signify_v not_o wall_n and_o house_n but_o man_n because_o there_o can_v be_v no_o city_n of_o such_o a_o figure_n 28_o whereas_o the_o antichristian_a state_n and_o all_o human_a model_n of_o church_n be_v disagreeable_a in_o themselves_o from_o one_o another_o and_o the_o exact_a scripture-measure_n and_o rule_n 17_o and_o he_o measure_v the_o 29_o wall_n thereof_o a_o hundred_o forty_o and_o four_o ezekiel_n four_o a_o cubit_n be_v the_o old_a the_o most_o common_a and_o most_o famous_a measure_n among_o the_o people_n of_o god_n whence_o it_o be_v put_v by_o way_n of_o eminence_n for_o a_o measure_n in_o general_n jerem._n 51.13_o and_o
brightness_n of_o his_o father_n glory_n and_o the_o express_a image_n of_o his_o person_n see_v bishop_n pearson_n on_o the_o creed_n and_o dr._n bull_n be_v defensio_fw-la fidei_fw-la nicaenae_fw-la 24_o and_o the_o 37_o nation_n of_o they_o which_o be_v 915._o be_v isa_n 45.20_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d sunt_fw-la ilii_fw-la ex_fw-la gentilium_fw-la reliquiis_fw-la quos_fw-la diluvium_fw-la ignis_fw-la non_fw-la inundaverit_fw-la innelliguntur_fw-la ni_fw-fr fallor_fw-la qui_fw-la cladem_fw-la illam_fw-la in_o christi_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d saturam_fw-la evaserint_fw-la quando_fw-la venturus_fw-la est_fw-la ad_fw-la host_n ecclesiae_fw-la suae_fw-la perdendos_fw-la mede_n work_n pag._n 915._o save_v i._n e._n those_o live_n remain_v saint_n who_o shall_v have_v escape_v the_o sword_n of_o christ_n mouth_n and_o the_o fire_n for_o the_o perdition_n of_o the_o ungodly_a isa_n 4_o 2-5_a 45_o 20.60_o 3_o 11._o see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 20.6_o shall_v walk_v in_o the_o light_n of_o it_o i._n e._n shall_v partake_v of_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n in_o the_o new_a heaven_n where_o christ_n and_o the_o dead_a raise_v incorruptible_a reign_n together_o isa_n 2_o 5.60_o 2_o 3._o see_v the_o not_o s_o on_o chapter_n 20.4_o and_o the_o king_n and_o priest_n of_o the_o new_a earth_n i_o e._n the_o saint_n live_v upon_o the_o new_a earth_n and_o reign_v with_o christ_n a_o thousand_o year_n chap._n 20_o 6.21_o 1._o do_v bring_v their_o glory_n and_o honour_n into_o it_o i._n e._n acknowledge_v all_o their_o glory_n and_o happiness_n to_o be_v derive_v from_o that_o state_n above_o and_o shall_v at_o last_o be_v catch_v up_o into_o it_o see_v on_o chap._n 20._o psalm_n 68_o 29.62_o 10._o 1_o thes_n 4.17_o 37_o call_v nation_n of_o the_o save_v to_o distinguish_v they_o from_o the_o wicked_a nation_n chap._n 20.8_o the_o slay_a and_o dead_a kill_v by_o the_o sword_n of_o christ_n mouth_n and_o devour_v by_o fire_n from_o heaven_n chap._n 19_o 21.20_o 8_o 9_o see_v the_o note_n on_o the_o former_a chapter_n it_o be_v acute_o observe_v by_o mr._n 20._o mr._n ep._n 20._o mede_n that_o the_o state_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n and_o the_o state_n of_o the_o nation_n which_o shall_v walk_v in_o the_o light_n thereof_o be_v different_a as_o be_v plain_a because_o the_o nation_n and_o king_n of_o the_o latter_a walk_v in_o the_o light_n of_o the_o former_a and_o bring_v their_o own_o glory_n to_o it_o as_o to_o a_o state_n different_a and_o distinct_a from_o it_o by_o the_o former_a of_o which_o seem_v plain_o to_o be_v mean_v the_o jerusalem_n above_o which_o come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n with_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n into_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o by_o the_o latter_a the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n those_o live_n remain_v saint_n who_o shall_v dwell_v in_o the_o new_a earth_n for_o a_o thousand_o year_n partake_v of_o the_o glory_n and_o happiness_n of_o the_o sainâ—s_v above_o with_o christ_n who_o reign_n in_o the_o new_a heaven_n as_o in_o a_o palace_n of_o glory_n from_o whence_o the_o divine_a light_n transfuse_v itself_o upon_o the_o saint_n below_o who_o walk_n and_o rejoice_v in_o it_o be_v direct_v and_o influence_v by_o it_o until_o by_o degree_n those_o assistance_n and_o powerful_a communication_n be_v abate_v and_o withdraw_v they_o begin_v to_o be_v too_o much_o in_o love_n with_o their_o state_n upon_o earth_n and_o do_v not_o so_o earnest_o long_a to_o be_v catch_v up_o to_o be_v with_o christ_n for_o ever_o whereupon_o satan_n be_v loose_v and_o the_o wicked_a nation_n draw_v together_o against_o they_o which_o be_v the_o laodicean_n state_n of_o the_o church_n describe_v in_o the_o three_o chapter_n and_o will_v appear_v to_o be_v the_o true_a meaning_n of_o this_o place_n to_o any_o one_o who_o will_v diligent_o compare_v it_o with_o what_o have_v be_v discourse_v on_o the_o former_a chapter_n 25_o and_o the_o 38_o gate_n of_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v shut_v at_o all_o by_o day_n but_o shall_v be_v open_a continual_o isa_n 60.11_o for_o although_o man_n shut_v their_o gate_n at_o night_n yet_o there_n shall_v be_v no_o night_n there_o be_v therefore_o the_o gate_n need_v never_o be_v shut_v because_o god_n and_o the_o lamb_n be_v the_o light_n of_o it_o verse_n 23._o 38_o this_o seem_v to_o refer_v to_o the_o free_a communication_n there_o shall_v be_v in_o this_o state_n betwixt_o the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n and_o the_o saint_n above_o in_o the_o heavenly_a jerusalem_n with_o christ_n who_o may_v 7._o may_v et_fw-la si_fw-la in_o nonnullis_fw-la solenniis_fw-la se_fw-la praesens_fw-la sistat_fw-la christi_fw-la numen_fw-la circumstantibus_fw-la angelorum_fw-la turmis_fw-la etc._n etc._n burnet_n theor._n tellur_n lib._n 4._o 7._o perhaps_o descend_v sometime_o upon_o earth_n and_o ascend_v again_o to_o heaven_n according_a to_o what_o be_v typify_v by_o jacob_n mystical_a ladder_n gen._n 28.12_o 26_o and_o they_o i._n e._n the_o 39_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v bring_v the_o glory_n and_o honour_n of_o the_o nation_n into_o it_o i._n e._n the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o remain_a and_o live_v saint_n who_o be_v the_o save_v of_o the_o nation_n shall_v acknowledge_v all_o their_o glory_n to_o be_v from_o this_o heavenly_a new_a jerusalem_n and_o shall_v at_o last_o be_v catch_v up_o into_o it_o verse_n 24._o 39_o the_o body_n of_o saint_n upon_o earth_n be_v a_o kingdom_n of_o saint_n which_o to_o show_v the_o universality_n of_o they_o and_o the_o polity_n which_o will_v be_v in_o that_o state_n be_v represent_v as_o naetion_n under_o king_n as_o head_n and_o governor_n 17_o and_o there_o shall_v in_o no_o wise_n enter_v into_o it_o any_o the_o least_n thing_n whatsoever_o that_o defileth_n i._n e._n it_o shall_v be_v a_o state_n of_o perfect_a holiness_n isaiah_n 35.8_o neither_o any_o thing_n whatsoever_o that_o work_v abomination_n or_o idolatry_n or_o make_v a_o lie_v i._n e._n the_o great_a lie_n of_o antichristianism_n but_o they_o which_o be_v write_v in_o the_o lamb_n book_n of_o life_n i._n e._n none_o shall_v enter_v into_o this_o state_n but_o those_o who_o be_v among_o the_o live_n and_o be_v either_o raise_v to_o life_n or_o be_v alive_a and_o remain_v unto_o the_o come_v of_o the_o lord_n see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 20._o chap._n xxii_o the_o text._n 1_o 1_o and_o he_o i._n e._n the_o angel_n chap._n 21.9_o show_v i_o a_o pure_a 2_o river_n of_o water_n of_o life_n clear_a as_o crystal_n i._n e._n abundance_n and_o even_o full_a ess_n of_o pure_o spiritual_a divine_a and_o heavenly_a life_n gift_n grace_n and_o refreshment_n psalm_n 36.8_o ez._n 47.1_o joel_n 3_o 18._o zech._n 14.8_o john_n 7.37_o 38._o proceed_n out_o of_o tâ—e_v 3_o throne_n of_o god_n and_o of_o the_o 4_o lamb_n as_o out_o of_o its_o head_n or_o fountain_n gen._n 2.10_o psalm_n 36.4_o chaâ—_n 21.6_o annotation_n on_o chap._n xxii_o 1_o this_o chapter_n to_o verse_n the_o 6_o ought_v not_o to_o have_v be_v separate_v from_o the_o former_a as_o be_v one_o continue_v description_n of_o the_o city_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o which_o this_o river_n be_v verse_n 2._o â—_o this_o be_v in_o allusion_n to_o the_o river_n of_o paradise_n which_o go_v out_o of_o eden_n as_o out_o of_o its_o head_n and_o fountain_n to_o water_v the_o garden_n gen._n 2.10_o whereby_o as_o also_o by_o the_o tree_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o this_o city_n be_v intimate_v that_o this_o state_n will_v be_v paradisaical_a 3_o in_o ezekiel_n vision_n the_o river_n come_v out_o of_o the_o temple_n and_o altar_n but_o there_o be_v no_o temple_n in_o this_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o throne_n of_o god_n be_v put_v in_o the_o place_n of_o it_o to_o show_v that_o this_o state_n shall_v be_v whole_o divine_a 4_o the_o lamb_n throne_n be_v the_o distinct_a and_o peculiar_a throne_n of_o christ_n as_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n in_o which_o state_n the_o divinity_n will_v so_o dispense_v itself_o to_o the_o humane_a nature_n as_o that_o it_o shall_v have_v a_o distinct_a glory_n of_o its_o own_o although_o derive_v from_o the_o divine_a and_o the_o son_n may_v be_v say_v not_o to_o be_v subject_n 1_o cor._n 15.28_o because_o he_o be_v a_o king_n even_o as_o in_o christ_n state_n of_o humiliation_n the_o divinity_n do_v not_o general_o manifest_v itself_o so_o glorious_o and_o illustrious_o in_o the_o humanity_n but_o that_o christ_n may_v be_v say_v to_o have_v empty_v himself_o of_o his_o divine_a glory_n phil._n 2.6_o 7._o see_v pag._n 441_o 442._o and_o chap._n 21.5_o 2_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o street_n or_o broad_a place_n whereby_o be_v signify_v the_o assembly_n of_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o saint_n chap._n 20.9_o of_o it_o i._n e._n of_o the_o city_n and_o of_o either_o